2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
//===-- CommandObjectTarget.cpp ---------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
//
2019-01-19 16:50:56 +08:00
// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
# include "CommandObjectTarget.h"
# include "lldb/Core/Debugger.h"
2014-01-28 07:43:24 +08:00
# include "lldb/Core/IOHandler.h"
<rdar://problem/11757916>
Make breakpoint setting by file and line much more efficient by only looking for inlined breakpoint locations if we are setting a breakpoint in anything but a source implementation file. Implementing this complex for a many reasons. Turns out that parsing compile units lazily had some issues with respect to how we need to do things with DWARF in .o files. So the fixes in the checkin for this makes these changes:
- Add a new setting called "target.inline-breakpoint-strategy" which can be set to "never", "always", or "headers". "never" will never try and set any inlined breakpoints (fastest). "always" always looks for inlined breakpoint locations (slowest, but most accurate). "headers", which is the default setting, will only look for inlined breakpoint locations if the breakpoint is set in what are consudered to be header files, which is realy defined as "not in an implementation source file".
- modify the breakpoint setting by file and line to check the current "target.inline-breakpoint-strategy" setting and act accordingly
- Modify compile units to be able to get their language and other info lazily. This allows us to create compile units from the debug map and not have to fill all of the details in, and then lazily discover this information as we go on debuggging. This is needed to avoid parsing all .o files when setting breakpoints in implementation only files (no inlines). Otherwise we would need to parse the .o file, the object file (mach-o in our case) and the symbol file (DWARF in the object file) just to see what the compile unit was.
- modify the "SymbolFileDWARFDebugMap" to subclass lldb_private::Module so that the virtual "GetObjectFile()" and "GetSymbolVendor()" functions can be intercepted when the .o file contenst are later lazilly needed. Prior to this fix, when we first instantiated the "SymbolFileDWARFDebugMap" class, we would also make modules, object files and symbol files for every .o file in the debug map because we needed to fix up the sections in the .o files with information that is in the executable debug map. Now we lazily do this in the DebugMapModule::GetObjectFile()
Cleaned up header includes a bit as well.
llvm-svn: 162860
2012-08-30 05:13:06 +08:00
# include "lldb/Core/Module.h"
# include "lldb/Core/ModuleSpec.h"
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# include "lldb/Core/Section.h"
2011-07-07 09:59:51 +08:00
# include "lldb/Core/ValueObjectVariable.h"
<rdar://problem/14393032>
DumpValueObject() 2.0
This checkin restores pre-Xcode5 functionality to the "po" (expr -O) command:
- expr now has a new --description-verbosity (-v) argument, which takes either compact or full as a value (-v is the same as -vfull)
When the full mode is on, "po" will show the extended output with type name, persistent variable name and value, as in
(lldb) expr -O -v -- foo
(id) $0 = 0x000000010010baf0 {
1 = 2;
2 = 3;
}
When -v is omitted, or -vcompact is passed, the Xcode5-style output will be shown, as in
(lldb) expr -O -- foo
{
1 = 2;
2 = 3;
}
- for a non-ObjectiveC object, LLDB will still try to retrieve a summary and/or value to display
(lldb) po 5
5
-v also works in this mode
(lldb) expr -O -vfull -- 5
(int) $4 = 5
On top of that, this is a major refactoring of the ValueObject printing code. The functionality is now factored into a ValueObjectPrinter class for easier maintenance in the future
DumpValueObject() was turned into an instance method ValueObject::Dump() which simply calls through to the printer code, Dump_Impl has been removed
Test case to follow
llvm-svn: 191694
2013-10-01 03:11:51 +08:00
# include "lldb/DataFormatters/ValueObjectPrinter.h"
2017-03-23 07:33:16 +08:00
# include "lldb/Host/OptionParser.h"
2015-01-16 04:08:35 +08:00
# include "lldb/Host/StringConvert.h"
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
# include "lldb/Interpreter/CommandInterpreter.h"
# include "lldb/Interpreter/CommandReturnObject.h"
2018-04-10 17:03:59 +08:00
# include "lldb/Interpreter/OptionArgParser.h"
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
# include "lldb/Interpreter/OptionGroupArchitecture.h"
2011-08-11 10:48:45 +08:00
# include "lldb/Interpreter/OptionGroupBoolean.h"
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# include "lldb/Interpreter/OptionGroupFile.h"
2011-10-25 14:44:01 +08:00
# include "lldb/Interpreter/OptionGroupFormat.h"
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
# include "lldb/Interpreter/OptionGroupPlatform.h"
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
# include "lldb/Interpreter/OptionGroupString.h"
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# include "lldb/Interpreter/OptionGroupUInt64.h"
# include "lldb/Interpreter/OptionGroupUUID.h"
2011-07-07 09:59:51 +08:00
# include "lldb/Interpreter/OptionGroupValueObjectDisplay.h"
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
# include "lldb/Interpreter/OptionGroupVariable.h"
# include "lldb/Interpreter/Options.h"
<rdar://problem/11757916>
Make breakpoint setting by file and line much more efficient by only looking for inlined breakpoint locations if we are setting a breakpoint in anything but a source implementation file. Implementing this complex for a many reasons. Turns out that parsing compile units lazily had some issues with respect to how we need to do things with DWARF in .o files. So the fixes in the checkin for this makes these changes:
- Add a new setting called "target.inline-breakpoint-strategy" which can be set to "never", "always", or "headers". "never" will never try and set any inlined breakpoints (fastest). "always" always looks for inlined breakpoint locations (slowest, but most accurate). "headers", which is the default setting, will only look for inlined breakpoint locations if the breakpoint is set in what are consudered to be header files, which is realy defined as "not in an implementation source file".
- modify the breakpoint setting by file and line to check the current "target.inline-breakpoint-strategy" setting and act accordingly
- Modify compile units to be able to get their language and other info lazily. This allows us to create compile units from the debug map and not have to fill all of the details in, and then lazily discover this information as we go on debuggging. This is needed to avoid parsing all .o files when setting breakpoints in implementation only files (no inlines). Otherwise we would need to parse the .o file, the object file (mach-o in our case) and the symbol file (DWARF in the object file) just to see what the compile unit was.
- modify the "SymbolFileDWARFDebugMap" to subclass lldb_private::Module so that the virtual "GetObjectFile()" and "GetSymbolVendor()" functions can be intercepted when the .o file contenst are later lazilly needed. Prior to this fix, when we first instantiated the "SymbolFileDWARFDebugMap" class, we would also make modules, object files and symbol files for every .o file in the debug map because we needed to fix up the sections in the .o files with information that is in the executable debug map. Now we lazily do this in the DebugMapModule::GetObjectFile()
Cleaned up header includes a bit as well.
llvm-svn: 162860
2012-08-30 05:13:06 +08:00
# include "lldb/Symbol/CompileUnit.h"
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
# include "lldb/Symbol/FuncUnwinders.h"
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# include "lldb/Symbol/LineTable.h"
Move Host/Symbols.cpp to Symbols/LocateSymbolFile.cpp
Given that we have a target named Symbols, one wonders why a
file named Symbols.cpp is not in this target. To be clear,
the functions exposed from this file are really focused on
*locating* a symbol file on a given host, which is where the
ambiguity comes in. However, it makes more sense conceptually
to be in the Symbols target. While some of the specific places
to search for symbol files might change depending on the Host,
this is not inherently true in the same way that, for example,
"accessing the file system" or "starting threads" is
fundamentally dependent on the Host.
PDBs, for example, recently became a reality on non-Windows platforms,
and it's theoretically possible that DSYMs could become a thing on non
MacOSX platforms (maybe in a remote debugging scenario). Other types of
symbol files, such as DWO, DWP, etc have never been tied to any Host
platform anyway.
After this patch, there is only one remaining dependency from
Host to Target.
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D58730
llvm-svn: 355032
2019-02-28 05:42:10 +08:00
# include "lldb/Symbol/LocateSymbolFile.h"
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# include "lldb/Symbol/ObjectFile.h"
# include "lldb/Symbol/SymbolFile.h"
# include "lldb/Symbol/SymbolVendor.h"
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
# include "lldb/Symbol/UnwindPlan.h"
2011-07-07 09:59:51 +08:00
# include "lldb/Symbol/VariableList.h"
2015-03-04 03:23:09 +08:00
# include "lldb/Target/ABI.h"
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
# include "lldb/Target/Process.h"
Re-land: [lldb] Use vFlash commands when writing to target's flash memory regions
The difference between this and the previous patch is that now we use
ELF physical addresses only for loading objects into the target (and the
rest of the module load address logic still uses virtual addresses).
Summary:
When writing an object file over gdb-remote, use the vFlashErase, vFlashWrite, and vFlashDone commands if the write address is in a flash memory region. A bare metal target may have this kind of setup.
- Update ObjectFileELF to set load addresses using physical addresses. A typical case may be a data section with a physical address in ROM and a virtual address in RAM, which should be loaded to the ROM address.
- Add support for querying the target's qXfer:memory-map, which contains information about flash memory regions, leveraging MemoryRegionInfo data structures with minor modifications
- Update ProcessGDBRemote to use vFlash commands in DoWriteMemory when the target address is in a flash region
Original discussion at http://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/lldb-dev/2018-January/013093.html
Reviewers: clayborg, labath
Reviewed By: labath
Subscribers: llvm-commits, arichardson, emaste, mgorny, lldb-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D42145
Patch by Owen Shaw <llvm@owenpshaw.net>.
llvm-svn: 327970
2018-03-20 19:56:24 +08:00
# include "lldb/Target/RegisterContext.h"
2013-12-06 09:12:00 +08:00
# include "lldb/Target/SectionLoadList.h"
2013-11-04 17:33:30 +08:00
# include "lldb/Target/StackFrame.h"
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
# include "lldb/Target/Thread.h"
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
# include "lldb/Target/ThreadSpec.h"
2018-04-18 02:53:35 +08:00
# include "lldb/Utility/Args.h"
2018-08-07 19:07:21 +08:00
# include "lldb/Utility/State.h"
2017-06-29 22:32:17 +08:00
# include "lldb/Utility/Timer.h"
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2017-03-09 01:56:08 +08:00
# include "llvm/Support/FileSystem.h"
2017-11-28 01:06:42 +08:00
# include "llvm/Support/FormatAdapters.h"
2017-03-09 01:56:08 +08:00
2016-11-09 17:59:18 +08:00
# include <cerrno>
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
using namespace lldb ;
using namespace lldb_private ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static void DumpTargetInfo ( uint32_t target_idx , Target * target ,
const char * prefix_cstr ,
bool show_stopped_process_status , Stream & strm ) {
const ArchSpec & target_arch = target - > GetArchitecture ( ) ;
Module * exe_module = target - > GetExecutableModulePointer ( ) ;
char exe_path [ PATH_MAX ] ;
bool exe_valid = false ;
if ( exe_module )
exe_valid = exe_module - > GetFileSpec ( ) . GetPath ( exe_path , sizeof ( exe_path ) ) ;
if ( ! exe_valid )
: : strcpy ( exe_path , " <none> " ) ;
strm . Printf ( " %starget #%u: %s " , prefix_cstr ? prefix_cstr : " " , target_idx ,
exe_path ) ;
uint32_t properties = 0 ;
if ( target_arch . IsValid ( ) ) {
strm . Printf ( " %sarch= " , properties + + > 0 ? " , " : " ( " ) ;
target_arch . DumpTriple ( strm ) ;
properties + + ;
}
PlatformSP platform_sp ( target - > GetPlatform ( ) ) ;
if ( platform_sp )
strm . Printf ( " %splatform=%s " , properties + + > 0 ? " , " : " ( " ,
platform_sp - > GetName ( ) . GetCString ( ) ) ;
ProcessSP process_sp ( target - > GetProcessSP ( ) ) ;
bool show_process_status = false ;
if ( process_sp ) {
lldb : : pid_t pid = process_sp - > GetID ( ) ;
StateType state = process_sp - > GetState ( ) ;
if ( show_stopped_process_status )
show_process_status = StateIsStoppedState ( state , true ) ;
const char * state_cstr = StateAsCString ( state ) ;
if ( pid ! = LLDB_INVALID_PROCESS_ID )
strm . Printf ( " %spid=% " PRIu64 , properties + + > 0 ? " , " : " ( " , pid ) ;
strm . Printf ( " %sstate=%s " , properties + + > 0 ? " , " : " ( " , state_cstr ) ;
}
if ( properties > 0 )
strm . PutCString ( " ) \n " ) ;
else
strm . EOL ( ) ;
if ( show_process_status ) {
const bool only_threads_with_stop_reason = true ;
const uint32_t start_frame = 0 ;
const uint32_t num_frames = 1 ;
const uint32_t num_frames_with_source = 1 ;
2016-11-09 04:36:40 +08:00
const bool stop_format = false ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
process_sp - > GetStatus ( strm ) ;
process_sp - > GetThreadStatus ( strm , only_threads_with_stop_reason ,
start_frame , num_frames ,
2016-11-09 04:36:40 +08:00
num_frames_with_source , stop_format ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static uint32_t DumpTargetList ( TargetList & target_list ,
bool show_stopped_process_status , Stream & strm ) {
const uint32_t num_targets = target_list . GetNumTargets ( ) ;
if ( num_targets ) {
TargetSP selected_target_sp ( target_list . GetSelectedTarget ( ) ) ;
strm . PutCString ( " Current targets: \n " ) ;
for ( uint32_t i = 0 ; i < num_targets ; + + i ) {
TargetSP target_sp ( target_list . GetTargetAtIndex ( i ) ) ;
if ( target_sp ) {
bool is_selected = target_sp . get ( ) = = selected_target_sp . get ( ) ;
DumpTargetInfo ( i , target_sp . get ( ) , is_selected ? " * " : " " ,
show_stopped_process_status , strm ) ;
}
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
return num_targets ;
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
}
2016-02-26 03:02:39 +08:00
2018-09-20 17:09:13 +08:00
// Note that the negation in the argument name causes a slightly confusing
// mapping of the enum values,
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
static constexpr OptionEnumValueElement g_dependents_enumaration [ ] = {
2018-09-20 17:09:13 +08:00
{ eLoadDependentsDefault , " default " ,
" Only load dependents when the target is an executable. " } ,
{ eLoadDependentsNo , " true " ,
" Don't load dependents, even if the target is an executable. " } ,
{ eLoadDependentsYes , " false " ,
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
" Load dependents, even if the target is not an executable. " } } ;
2018-09-20 17:09:13 +08:00
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
static constexpr OptionDefinition g_dependents_options [ ] = {
2018-09-20 17:09:13 +08:00
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " no-dependents " , ' d ' ,
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
OptionParser : : eOptionalArgument , nullptr ,
OptionEnumValues ( g_dependents_enumaration ) , 0 , eArgTypeValue ,
2018-09-20 17:09:13 +08:00
" Whether or not to load dependents when creating a target. If the option "
" is not specified, the value is implicitly 'default'. If the option is "
" specified but without a value, the value is implicitly 'true'. " } } ;
class OptionGroupDependents : public OptionGroup {
public :
OptionGroupDependents ( ) { }
~ OptionGroupDependents ( ) override { }
llvm : : ArrayRef < OptionDefinition > GetDefinitions ( ) override {
return llvm : : makeArrayRef ( g_dependents_options ) ;
}
Status SetOptionValue ( uint32_t option_idx , llvm : : StringRef option_value ,
ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
Status error ;
// For compatibility no value means don't load dependents.
if ( option_value . empty ( ) ) {
m_load_dependent_files = eLoadDependentsNo ;
return error ;
}
const char short_option = g_dependents_options [ option_idx ] . short_option ;
if ( short_option = = ' d ' ) {
LoadDependentFiles tmp_load_dependents ;
tmp_load_dependents = ( LoadDependentFiles ) OptionArgParser : : ToOptionEnum (
option_value , g_dependents_options [ option_idx ] . enum_values , 0 , error ) ;
if ( error . Success ( ) )
m_load_dependent_files = tmp_load_dependents ;
} else {
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat ( " unrecognized short option '%c' " ,
short_option ) ;
}
return error ;
}
Status SetOptionValue ( uint32_t , const char * , ExecutionContext * ) = delete ;
void OptionParsingStarting ( ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
m_load_dependent_files = eLoadDependentsDefault ;
}
LoadDependentFiles m_load_dependent_files ;
private :
DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN ( OptionGroupDependents ) ;
} ;
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetCreate
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// "target create"
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetCreate : public CommandObjectParsed {
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetCreate ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed (
interpreter , " target create " ,
" Create a target using the argument as the main executable. " ,
nullptr ) ,
m_option_group ( ) , m_arch_option ( ) ,
m_core_file ( LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " core " , ' c ' , 0 , eArgTypeFilename ,
" Fullpath to a core file to use for this target. " ) ,
m_platform_path ( LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " platform-path " , ' P ' , 0 ,
eArgTypePath ,
" Path to the remote file to use for this target. " ) ,
m_symbol_file ( LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " symfile " , ' s ' , 0 ,
2018-09-20 17:09:13 +08:00
eArgTypeFilename ,
" Fullpath to a stand alone debug "
" symbols file for when debug symbols "
" are not in the executable. " ) ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_remote_file (
LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " remote-file " , ' r ' , 0 , eArgTypeFilename ,
" Fullpath to the file on the remote host if debugging remotely. " ) ,
2018-09-20 17:09:13 +08:00
m_add_dependents ( ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandArgumentEntry arg ;
CommandArgumentData file_arg ;
// Define the first (and only) variant of this arg.
file_arg . arg_type = eArgTypeFilename ;
file_arg . arg_repetition = eArgRepeatPlain ;
// There is only one variant this argument could be; put it into the
// argument entry.
arg . push_back ( file_arg ) ;
// Push the data for the first argument into the m_arguments vector.
m_arguments . push_back ( arg ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_arch_option , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_core_file , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_platform_path , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_symbol_file , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_remote_file , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_add_dependents , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Finalize ( ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetCreate ( ) override = default ;
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_option_group ; }
Refactoring for for the internal command line completion API (NFC)
Summary:
This patch refactors the internal completion API. It now takes (as far as possible) a single
CompletionRequest object instead o half a dozen in/out/in-out parameters. The CompletionRequest
contains a common superset of the different parameters as far as it makes sense. This includes
the raw command line string and raw cursor position, which should make the `expr` command
possible to implement (at least without hacks that reconstruct the command line from the args).
This patch is not intended to change the observable behavior of lldb in any way. It's also as
minimal as possible and doesn't attempt to fix all the problems the API has.
Some Q&A:
Q: Why is this not fixing all the problems in the completion API?
A: Because is a blocker for the expr command completion which I want to get in ASAP. This is the
smallest patch that unblocks the expr completion patch and which allows trivial refactoring in the future.
The patch also doesn't really change the internal information flow in the API, so that hopefully
saves us from ever having to revert and resubmit this humongous patch.
Q: Can we merge all the copy-pasted code in the completion methods
(like computing the current incomplete arg) into CompletionRequest class?
A: Yes, but it's out of scope for this patch.
Q: Why the `word_complete = request.GetWordComplete(); ... ` pattern?
A: I don't want to add a getter that returns a reference to the internal integer. So we have
to use a temporary variable and the Getter/Setter instead. We don't throw exceptions
from what I can tell, so the behavior doesn't change.
Q: Why are we not owning the list of matches?
A: Because that's how the previous API works. But that should be fixed too (in another patch).
Q: Can we make the constructor simpler and compute some of the values from the plain command?
A: I think this works, but I rather want to have this in a follow up commit. Especially when making nested
request it's a bit awkward that the parsed arguments behave as both input/output (as we should in theory
propagate the changes on the nested request back to the parent request if we don't want to change the
behavior too much).
Q: Can't we pass one const request object and then just return another result object instead of mixing
them together in one in/out parameter?
A: It's hard to get keep the same behavior with that pattern, but I think we can also get a nice API with just
a single request object. If we make all input parameters read-only, we have a clear separation between what
is actually an input and what an output parameter (and hopefully we get rid of the in-out parameters).
Q: Can we throw out the 'match' variables that are not implemented according to the comment?
A: We currently just forward them as in the old code to the different methods, even though I think
they are really not used. We can easily remove and readd them once every single completion method just
takes a CompletionRequest, but for now I prefer NFC behavior from the perspective of the API user.
Reviewers: davide, jingham, labath
Reviewed By: jingham
Subscribers: mgorny, friss, lldb-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D48796
llvm-svn: 336146
2018-07-03 05:29:56 +08:00
int HandleArgumentCompletion (
CompletionRequest & request ,
OptionElementVector & opt_element_vector ) override {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandCompletions : : InvokeCommonCompletionCallbacks (
GetCommandInterpreter ( ) , CommandCompletions : : eDiskFileCompletion ,
2018-07-14 02:28:14 +08:00
request , nullptr ) ;
2018-07-28 02:42:46 +08:00
return request . GetNumberOfMatches ( ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
protected :
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
const size_t argc = command . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
FileSpec core_file ( m_core_file . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ) ;
FileSpec remote_file ( m_remote_file . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ) ;
if ( core_file ) {
2018-11-02 01:09:25 +08:00
if ( ! FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Exists ( core_file ) ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " core file '%s' doesn't exist " ,
core_file . GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
2018-11-01 23:47:33 +08:00
if ( ! FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Readable ( core_file ) ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " core file '%s' is not readable " ,
core_file . GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( argc = = 1 | | core_file | | remote_file ) {
FileSpec symfile ( m_symbol_file . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ) ;
if ( symfile ) {
2018-11-02 01:09:25 +08:00
if ( FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Exists ( symfile ) ) {
2018-11-01 23:47:33 +08:00
if ( ! FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Readable ( symfile ) ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " symbol file '%s' is not readable " ,
symfile . GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
} else {
char symfile_path [ PATH_MAX ] ;
symfile . GetPath ( symfile_path , sizeof ( symfile_path ) ) ;
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " invalid symbol file path '%s' " ,
symfile_path ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
}
const char * file_path = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( 0 ) ;
2017-05-15 21:02:37 +08:00
static Timer : : Category func_cat ( LLVM_PRETTY_FUNCTION ) ;
Timer scoped_timer ( func_cat , " (lldb) target create ' % s ' " , file_path) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
FileSpec file_spec ;
2018-11-02 05:05:36 +08:00
if ( file_path ) {
file_spec . SetFile ( file_path , FileSpec : : Style : : native ) ;
FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Resolve ( file_spec ) ;
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool must_set_platform_path = false ;
Debugger & debugger = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) ;
TargetSP target_sp ;
2016-11-19 04:44:46 +08:00
llvm : : StringRef arch_cstr = m_arch_option . GetArchitectureName ( ) ;
2017-05-12 12:51:55 +08:00
Status error ( debugger . GetTargetList ( ) . CreateTarget (
2018-09-20 17:09:05 +08:00
debugger , file_path , arch_cstr ,
2018-09-20 17:09:13 +08:00
m_add_dependents . m_load_dependent_files , nullptr , target_sp ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( target_sp ) {
// Only get the platform after we create the target because we might
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// have switched platforms depending on what the arguments were to
// CreateTarget() we can't rely on the selected platform.
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
PlatformSP platform_sp = target_sp - > GetPlatform ( ) ;
if ( remote_file ) {
if ( platform_sp ) {
// I have a remote file.. two possible cases
2018-11-02 01:09:25 +08:00
if ( file_spec & & FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Exists ( file_spec ) ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
// if the remote file does not exist, push it there
if ( ! platform_sp - > GetFileExists ( remote_file ) ) {
2017-05-12 12:51:55 +08:00
Status err = platform_sp - > PutFile ( file_spec , remote_file ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( err . Fail ( ) ) {
result . AppendError ( err . AsCString ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
}
} else {
// there is no local file and we need one
// in order to make the remote ---> local transfer we need a
// platform
// TODO: if the user has passed in a --platform argument, use it
// to fetch the right platform
if ( ! platform_sp ) {
result . AppendError (
" unable to perform remote debugging without a platform " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2014-08-16 02:00:45 +08:00
return false ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
if ( file_path ) {
// copy the remote file to the local file
2017-05-12 12:51:55 +08:00
Status err = platform_sp - > GetFile ( remote_file , file_spec ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( err . Fail ( ) ) {
result . AppendError ( err . AsCString ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
} else {
// make up a local file
result . AppendError ( " remote --> local transfer without local "
" path is not implemented yet " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2014-08-16 02:00:45 +08:00
return false ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2014-08-16 02:00:45 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendError ( " no platform found for target " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
2014-08-16 02:00:45 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( symfile | | remote_file ) {
ModuleSP module_sp ( target_sp - > GetExecutableModule ( ) ) ;
if ( module_sp ) {
2012-12-01 03:05:35 +08:00
if ( symfile )
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
module_sp - > SetSymbolFileFileSpec ( symfile ) ;
if ( remote_file ) {
std : : string remote_path = remote_file . GetPath ( ) ;
target_sp - > SetArg0 ( remote_path . c_str ( ) ) ;
module_sp - > SetPlatformFileSpec ( remote_file ) ;
2012-12-01 03:05:35 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
}
2012-12-01 03:05:35 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
debugger . GetTargetList ( ) . SetSelectedTarget ( target_sp . get ( ) ) ;
if ( must_set_platform_path ) {
ModuleSpec main_module_spec ( file_spec ) ;
ModuleSP module_sp = target_sp - > GetSharedModule ( main_module_spec ) ;
if ( module_sp )
module_sp - > SetPlatformFileSpec ( remote_file ) ;
}
if ( core_file ) {
char core_path [ PATH_MAX ] ;
core_file . GetPath ( core_path , sizeof ( core_path ) ) ;
2018-11-02 01:09:25 +08:00
if ( FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Exists ( core_file ) ) {
2018-11-01 23:47:33 +08:00
if ( ! FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Readable ( core_file ) ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . AppendMessageWithFormat (
" Core file '%s' is not readable. \n " , core_path ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
FileSpec core_file_dir ;
core_file_dir . GetDirectory ( ) = core_file . GetDirectory ( ) ;
target_sp - > GetExecutableSearchPaths ( ) . Append ( core_file_dir ) ;
ProcessSP process_sp ( target_sp - > CreateProcess (
2016-11-18 05:15:14 +08:00
m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetListener ( ) , llvm : : StringRef ( ) ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
& core_file ) ) ;
if ( process_sp ) {
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// Seems weird that we Launch a core file, but that is what we
// do!
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
error = process_sp - > LoadCore ( ) ;
if ( error . Fail ( ) ) {
result . AppendError (
error . AsCString ( " can't find plug-in for core file " ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
} else {
result . AppendMessageWithFormat (
" Core file '%s' (%s) was loaded. \n " , core_path ,
target_sp - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetArchitectureName ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishNoResult ) ;
}
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" Unable to find process plug-in for core file '%s' \n " ,
core_path ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " Core file '%s' does not exist \n " ,
core_path ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
} else {
result . AppendMessageWithFormat (
" Current executable set to '%s' (%s). \n " , file_path ,
target_sp - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetArchitectureName ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishNoResult ) ;
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendError ( error . AsCString ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " '%s' takes exactly one executable path "
" argument, or use the --core option. \n " ,
m_cmd_name . c_str ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
private :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
OptionGroupOptions m_option_group ;
OptionGroupArchitecture m_arch_option ;
OptionGroupFile m_core_file ;
OptionGroupFile m_platform_path ;
OptionGroupFile m_symbol_file ;
OptionGroupFile m_remote_file ;
2018-09-20 17:09:13 +08:00
OptionGroupDependents m_add_dependents ;
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
} ;
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetList
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// "target list"
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetList : public CommandObjectParsed {
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetList ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed (
interpreter , " target list " ,
" List all current targets in the current debug session. " , nullptr ) {
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetList ( ) override = default ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & args , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
if ( args . GetArgumentCount ( ) = = 0 ) {
Stream & strm = result . GetOutputStream ( ) ;
bool show_stopped_process_status = false ;
if ( DumpTargetList ( m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetTargetList ( ) ,
show_stopped_process_status , strm ) = = 0 ) {
strm . PutCString ( " No targets. \n " ) ;
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
} else {
result . AppendError ( " the 'target list' command takes no arguments \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
} ;
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetSelect
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// "target select"
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetSelect : public CommandObjectParsed {
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetSelect ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed (
interpreter , " target select " ,
" Select a target as the current target by target index. " , nullptr ) {
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetSelect ( ) override = default ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & args , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
if ( args . GetArgumentCount ( ) = = 1 ) {
bool success = false ;
const char * target_idx_arg = args . GetArgumentAtIndex ( 0 ) ;
uint32_t target_idx =
StringConvert : : ToUInt32 ( target_idx_arg , UINT32_MAX , 0 , & success ) ;
if ( success ) {
TargetList & target_list = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetTargetList ( ) ;
const uint32_t num_targets = target_list . GetNumTargets ( ) ;
if ( target_idx < num_targets ) {
TargetSP target_sp ( target_list . GetTargetAtIndex ( target_idx ) ) ;
if ( target_sp ) {
Stream & strm = result . GetOutputStream ( ) ;
target_list . SetSelectedTarget ( target_sp . get ( ) ) ;
bool show_stopped_process_status = false ;
DumpTargetList ( target_list , show_stopped_process_status , strm ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " target #%u is NULL in target list \n " ,
target_idx ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
} else {
if ( num_targets > 0 ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" index %u is out of range, valid target indexes are 0 - %u \n " ,
target_idx , num_targets - 1 ) ;
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" index %u is out of range since there are no active targets \n " ,
target_idx ) ;
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " invalid index string value '%s' \n " ,
target_idx_arg ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
} else {
result . AppendError (
" 'target select' takes a single argument: a target index \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
Centralized a lot of the status information for processes,
threads, and stack frame down in the lldb_private::Process,
lldb_private::Thread, lldb_private::StackFrameList and the
lldb_private::StackFrame classes. We had some command line
commands that had duplicate versions of the process status
output ("thread list" and "process status" for example).
Removed the "file" command and placed it where it should
have been: "target create". Made an alias for "file" to
"target create" so we stay compatible with GDB commands.
We can now have multple usable targets in lldb at the
same time. This is nice for comparing two runs of a program
or debugging more than one binary at the same time. The
new command is "target select <target-idx>" and also to see
a list of the current targets you can use the new "target list"
command. The flow in a debug session can be:
(lldb) target create /path/to/exe/a.out
(lldb) breakpoint set --name main
(lldb) run
... hit breakpoint
(lldb) target create /bin/ls
(lldb) run /tmp
Process 36001 exited with status = 0 (0x00000000)
(lldb) target list
Current targets:
target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
* target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) target select 0
Current targets:
* target #0: /tmp/args/a.out ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=35999, state=stopped )
target #1: /bin/ls ( arch=x86_64-apple-darwin, platform=localhost, pid=36001, state=exited )
(lldb) bt
* thread #1: tid = 0x2d03, 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16, stop reason = breakpoint 1.1
frame #0: 0x0000000100000b9a a.out`main + 42 at main.c:16
frame #1: 0x0000000100000b64 a.out`start + 52
Above we created a target for "a.out" and ran and hit a
breakpoint at "main". Then we created a new target for /bin/ls
and ran it. Then we listed the targest and selected our original
"a.out" program, so we showed two concurent debug sessions
going on at the same time.
llvm-svn: 129695
2011-04-18 16:33:37 +08:00
} ;
2011-08-10 10:10:13 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetSelect
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// "target delete"
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetDelete : public CommandObjectParsed {
2011-08-10 10:10:13 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetDelete ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , " target delete " ,
2016-02-26 03:02:39 +08:00
" Delete one or more targets by target index. " ,
nullptr ) ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_option_group ( ) , m_all_option ( LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " all " , ' a ' ,
" Delete all targets. " , false , true ) ,
2015-03-27 00:43:13 +08:00
m_cleanup_option (
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " clean " , ' c ' ,
" Perform extra cleanup to minimize memory consumption after "
" deleting the target. "
" By default, LLDB will keep in memory any modules previously "
" loaded by the target as well "
" as all of its debug info. Specifying --clean will unload all of "
" these shared modules and "
2015-03-27 00:43:13 +08:00
" cause them to be reparsed again the next time the target is run " ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
false , true ) {
m_option_group . Append ( & m_all_option , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_cleanup_option , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Finalize ( ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetDelete ( ) override = default ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_option_group ; }
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & args , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
const size_t argc = args . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
std : : vector < TargetSP > delete_target_list ;
TargetList & target_list = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetTargetList ( ) ;
TargetSP target_sp ;
if ( m_all_option . GetOptionValue ( ) ) {
for ( int i = 0 ; i < target_list . GetNumTargets ( ) ; + + i )
delete_target_list . push_back ( target_list . GetTargetAtIndex ( i ) ) ;
} else if ( argc > 0 ) {
const uint32_t num_targets = target_list . GetNumTargets ( ) ;
// Bail out if don't have any targets.
if ( num_targets = = 0 ) {
result . AppendError ( " no targets to delete " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
for ( auto & entry : args . entries ( ) ) {
uint32_t target_idx ;
if ( entry . ref . getAsInteger ( 0 , target_idx ) ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " invalid target index '%s' \n " ,
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
entry . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
2015-03-27 00:43:13 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( target_idx < num_targets ) {
target_sp = target_list . GetTargetAtIndex ( target_idx ) ;
if ( target_sp ) {
delete_target_list . push_back ( target_sp ) ;
continue ;
}
2011-08-10 10:10:13 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( num_targets > 1 )
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " target index %u is out of range, valid "
" target indexes are 0 - %u \n " ,
target_idx , num_targets - 1 ) ;
2011-08-10 10:10:13 +08:00
else
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" target index %u is out of range, the only valid index is 0 \n " ,
target_idx ) ;
2015-03-27 00:43:13 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
} else {
target_sp = target_list . GetSelectedTarget ( ) ;
if ( ! target_sp ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " no target is currently selected \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
delete_target_list . push_back ( target_sp ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const size_t num_targets_to_delete = delete_target_list . size ( ) ;
for ( size_t idx = 0 ; idx < num_targets_to_delete ; + + idx ) {
target_sp = delete_target_list [ idx ] ;
target_list . DeleteTarget ( target_sp ) ;
target_sp - > Destroy ( ) ;
2011-08-10 10:10:13 +08:00
}
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// If "--clean" was specified, prune any orphaned shared modules from the
// global shared module list
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_cleanup_option . GetOptionValue ( ) ) {
const bool mandatory = true ;
ModuleList : : RemoveOrphanSharedModules ( mandatory ) ;
}
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " %u targets deleted. \n " ,
( uint32_t ) num_targets_to_delete ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return true ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
OptionGroupOptions m_option_group ;
OptionGroupBoolean m_all_option ;
OptionGroupBoolean m_cleanup_option ;
2011-08-10 10:10:13 +08:00
} ;
2011-07-07 09:59:51 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetVariable
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// "target variable"
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetVariable : public CommandObjectParsed {
static const uint32_t SHORT_OPTION_FILE = 0x66696c65 ; // 'file'
static const uint32_t SHORT_OPTION_SHLB = 0x73686c62 ; // 'shlb'
2014-03-18 12:43:47 +08:00
2011-07-07 09:59:51 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetVariable ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , " target variable " ,
" Read global variables for the current target, "
" before or while running a process. " ,
nullptr , eCommandRequiresTarget ) ,
m_option_group ( ) ,
m_option_variable ( false ) , // Don't include frame options
m_option_format ( eFormatDefault ) ,
m_option_compile_units ( LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " file " , SHORT_OPTION_FILE ,
0 , eArgTypeFilename ,
" A basename or fullpath to a file that contains "
" global variables. This option can be "
" specified multiple times. " ) ,
m_option_shared_libraries (
LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " shlib " , SHORT_OPTION_SHLB , 0 ,
eArgTypeFilename ,
" A basename or fullpath to a shared library to use in the search "
" for global "
" variables. This option can be specified multiple times. " ) ,
m_varobj_options ( ) {
CommandArgumentEntry arg ;
CommandArgumentData var_name_arg ;
// Define the first (and only) variant of this arg.
var_name_arg . arg_type = eArgTypeVarName ;
var_name_arg . arg_repetition = eArgRepeatPlus ;
// There is only one variant this argument could be; put it into the
// argument entry.
arg . push_back ( var_name_arg ) ;
// Push the data for the first argument into the m_arguments vector.
m_arguments . push_back ( arg ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_varobj_options , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_option_variable , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_option_format ,
OptionGroupFormat : : OPTION_GROUP_FORMAT |
OptionGroupFormat : : OPTION_GROUP_GDB_FMT ,
LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_option_compile_units , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL ,
LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_option_shared_libraries , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL ,
LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Finalize ( ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetVariable ( ) override = default ;
void DumpValueObject ( Stream & s , VariableSP & var_sp , ValueObjectSP & valobj_sp ,
const char * root_name ) {
DumpValueObjectOptions options ( m_varobj_options . GetAsDumpOptions ( ) ) ;
if ( ! valobj_sp - > GetTargetSP ( ) - > GetDisplayRuntimeSupportValues ( ) & &
valobj_sp - > IsRuntimeSupportValue ( ) )
return ;
switch ( var_sp - > GetScope ( ) ) {
case eValueTypeVariableGlobal :
if ( m_option_variable . show_scope )
s . PutCString ( " GLOBAL: " ) ;
break ;
case eValueTypeVariableStatic :
if ( m_option_variable . show_scope )
s . PutCString ( " STATIC: " ) ;
break ;
case eValueTypeVariableArgument :
if ( m_option_variable . show_scope )
s . PutCString ( " ARG: " ) ;
break ;
case eValueTypeVariableLocal :
if ( m_option_variable . show_scope )
s . PutCString ( " LOCAL: " ) ;
break ;
case eValueTypeVariableThreadLocal :
if ( m_option_variable . show_scope )
s . PutCString ( " THREAD: " ) ;
break ;
default :
break ;
2011-07-07 09:59:51 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_option_variable . show_decl ) {
bool show_fullpaths = false ;
bool show_module = true ;
if ( var_sp - > DumpDeclaration ( & s , show_fullpaths , show_module ) )
s . PutCString ( " : " ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const Format format = m_option_format . GetFormat ( ) ;
if ( format ! = eFormatDefault )
options . SetFormat ( format ) ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
options . SetRootValueObjectName ( root_name ) ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
valobj_sp - > Dump ( s , options ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static size_t GetVariableCallback ( void * baton , const char * name ,
VariableList & variable_list ) {
Target * target = static_cast < Target * > ( baton ) ;
if ( target ) {
2018-05-31 17:46:26 +08:00
return target - > GetImages ( ) . FindGlobalVariables ( ConstString ( name ) ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
UINT32_MAX , variable_list ) ;
}
return 0 ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_option_group ; }
2016-07-02 01:17:23 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
protected :
void DumpGlobalVariableList ( const ExecutionContext & exe_ctx ,
const SymbolContext & sc ,
const VariableList & variable_list , Stream & s ) {
size_t count = variable_list . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( count > 0 ) {
if ( sc . module_sp ) {
if ( sc . comp_unit ) {
s . Printf ( " Global variables for %s in %s: \n " ,
sc . comp_unit - > GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ,
sc . module_sp - > GetFileSpec ( ) . GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
} else {
s . Printf ( " Global variables for %s \n " ,
sc . module_sp - > GetFileSpec ( ) . GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
2011-07-09 05:46:14 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else if ( sc . comp_unit ) {
s . Printf ( " Global variables for %s \n " , sc . comp_unit - > GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
}
for ( uint32_t i = 0 ; i < count ; + + i ) {
VariableSP var_sp ( variable_list . GetVariableAtIndex ( i ) ) ;
if ( var_sp ) {
ValueObjectSP valobj_sp ( ValueObjectVariable : : Create (
exe_ctx . GetBestExecutionContextScope ( ) , var_sp ) ) ;
if ( valobj_sp )
DumpValueObject ( s , var_sp , valobj_sp ,
var_sp - > GetName ( ) . GetCString ( ) ) ;
2011-07-09 05:46:14 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2011-07-09 05:46:14 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
bool DoExecute ( Args & args , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_exe_ctx . GetTargetPtr ( ) ;
const size_t argc = args . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
Stream & s = result . GetOutputStream ( ) ;
if ( argc > 0 ) {
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
// TODO: Convert to entry-based iteration. Requires converting
// DumpValueObject.
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
for ( size_t idx = 0 ; idx < argc ; + + idx ) {
VariableList variable_list ;
ValueObjectList valobj_list ;
const char * arg = args . GetArgumentAtIndex ( idx ) ;
size_t matches = 0 ;
bool use_var_name = false ;
if ( m_option_variable . use_regex ) {
2016-09-22 00:01:28 +08:00
RegularExpression regex ( llvm : : StringRef : : withNullAsEmpty ( arg ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( ! regex . IsValid ( ) ) {
result . GetErrorStream ( ) . Printf (
" error: invalid regular expression: '%s' \n " , arg ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
use_var_name = true ;
2018-05-31 17:46:26 +08:00
matches = target - > GetImages ( ) . FindGlobalVariables ( regex , UINT32_MAX ,
variable_list ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
2017-05-12 12:51:55 +08:00
Status error ( Variable : : GetValuesForVariableExpressionPath (
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
arg , m_exe_ctx . GetBestExecutionContextScope ( ) ,
GetVariableCallback , target , variable_list , valobj_list ) ) ;
matches = variable_list . GetSize ( ) ;
2011-07-09 05:46:14 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( matches = = 0 ) {
result . GetErrorStream ( ) . Printf (
" error: can't find global variable '%s' \n " , arg ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
} else {
for ( uint32_t global_idx = 0 ; global_idx < matches ; + + global_idx ) {
VariableSP var_sp ( variable_list . GetVariableAtIndex ( global_idx ) ) ;
if ( var_sp ) {
ValueObjectSP valobj_sp (
valobj_list . GetValueObjectAtIndex ( global_idx ) ) ;
if ( ! valobj_sp )
valobj_sp = ValueObjectVariable : : Create (
m_exe_ctx . GetBestExecutionContextScope ( ) , var_sp ) ;
if ( valobj_sp )
DumpValueObject ( s , var_sp , valobj_sp ,
use_var_name ? var_sp - > GetName ( ) . GetCString ( )
: arg ) ;
2012-12-04 08:32:51 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2012-12-04 08:32:51 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
} else {
const FileSpecList & compile_units =
m_option_compile_units . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
const FileSpecList & shlibs =
m_option_shared_libraries . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
SymbolContextList sc_list ;
const size_t num_compile_units = compile_units . GetSize ( ) ;
const size_t num_shlibs = shlibs . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( num_compile_units = = 0 & & num_shlibs = = 0 ) {
bool success = false ;
StackFrame * frame = m_exe_ctx . GetFramePtr ( ) ;
CompileUnit * comp_unit = nullptr ;
if ( frame ) {
SymbolContext sc = frame - > GetSymbolContext ( eSymbolContextCompUnit ) ;
if ( sc . comp_unit ) {
const bool can_create = true ;
VariableListSP comp_unit_varlist_sp (
sc . comp_unit - > GetVariableList ( can_create ) ) ;
if ( comp_unit_varlist_sp ) {
size_t count = comp_unit_varlist_sp - > GetSize ( ) ;
if ( count > 0 ) {
DumpGlobalVariableList ( m_exe_ctx , sc , * comp_unit_varlist_sp , s ) ;
success = true ;
}
2011-07-07 09:59:51 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
Expanded the flags that can be set for a command object in lldb_private::CommandObject. This list of available flags are:
enum
{
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresTarget
//
// Ensures a valid target is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidTargetDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidTargetDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresTarget = (1u << 0),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresProcess
//
// Ensures a valid process is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a process doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidProcessDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidProcessDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresProcess = (1u << 1),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresThread
//
// Ensures a valid thread is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a thread doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidThreadDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidThreadDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresThread = (1u << 2),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresFrame
//
// Ensures a valid frame is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a frame doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidFrameDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidFrameDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresFrame = (1u << 3),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresRegContext
//
// Ensures a valid register context (from the selected frame if there
// is a frame in m_exe_ctx, or from the selected thread from m_exe_ctx)
// is availble from m_exe_ctx prior to executing the command. If a
// target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command will fail and
// CommandObject::GetInvalidRegContextDescription() will be returned as
// the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the virtual function
// for GetInvalidRegContextDescription() to provide custom strings when
// needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresRegContext = (1u << 4),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagTryTargetAPILock
//
// Attempts to acquire the target lock if a target is selected in the
// command interpreter. If the command object fails to acquire the API
// lock, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagTryTargetAPILock = (1u << 5),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched
//
// Verifies that there is a launched process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched = (1u << 6),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBePaused
//
// Verifies that there is a paused process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBePaused = (1u << 7)
};
Now each command object contains a "ExecutionContext m_exe_ctx;" member variable that gets initialized prior to running the command. The validity of the target objects in m_exe_ctx are checked to ensure that any target/process/thread/frame/reg context that are required are valid prior to executing the command. Each command object also contains a Mutex::Locker m_api_locker which gets used if eFlagTryTargetAPILock is set. This centralizes a lot of checking code that was previously and inconsistently implemented across many commands.
llvm-svn: 171990
2013-01-10 03:44:40 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( ! success ) {
if ( frame ) {
if ( comp_unit )
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" no global variables in current compile unit: %s \n " ,
comp_unit - > GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
Expanded the flags that can be set for a command object in lldb_private::CommandObject. This list of available flags are:
enum
{
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresTarget
//
// Ensures a valid target is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidTargetDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidTargetDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresTarget = (1u << 0),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresProcess
//
// Ensures a valid process is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a process doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidProcessDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidProcessDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresProcess = (1u << 1),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresThread
//
// Ensures a valid thread is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a thread doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidThreadDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidThreadDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresThread = (1u << 2),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresFrame
//
// Ensures a valid frame is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a frame doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidFrameDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidFrameDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresFrame = (1u << 3),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresRegContext
//
// Ensures a valid register context (from the selected frame if there
// is a frame in m_exe_ctx, or from the selected thread from m_exe_ctx)
// is availble from m_exe_ctx prior to executing the command. If a
// target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command will fail and
// CommandObject::GetInvalidRegContextDescription() will be returned as
// the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the virtual function
// for GetInvalidRegContextDescription() to provide custom strings when
// needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresRegContext = (1u << 4),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagTryTargetAPILock
//
// Attempts to acquire the target lock if a target is selected in the
// command interpreter. If the command object fails to acquire the API
// lock, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagTryTargetAPILock = (1u << 5),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched
//
// Verifies that there is a launched process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched = (1u << 6),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBePaused
//
// Verifies that there is a paused process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBePaused = (1u << 7)
};
Now each command object contains a "ExecutionContext m_exe_ctx;" member variable that gets initialized prior to running the command. The validity of the target objects in m_exe_ctx are checked to ensure that any target/process/thread/frame/reg context that are required are valid prior to executing the command. Each command object also contains a Mutex::Locker m_api_locker which gets used if eFlagTryTargetAPILock is set. This centralizes a lot of checking code that was previously and inconsistently implemented across many commands.
llvm-svn: 171990
2013-01-10 03:44:40 +08:00
else
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" no debug information for frame %u \n " ,
frame - > GetFrameIndex ( ) ) ;
} else
result . AppendError ( " 'target variable' takes one or more global "
" variable names as arguments \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
} else {
SymbolContextList sc_list ;
const bool append = true ;
// We have one or more compile unit or shlib
if ( num_shlibs > 0 ) {
for ( size_t shlib_idx = 0 ; shlib_idx < num_shlibs ; + + shlib_idx ) {
const FileSpec module_file ( shlibs . GetFileSpecAtIndex ( shlib_idx ) ) ;
ModuleSpec module_spec ( module_file ) ;
ModuleSP module_sp (
target - > GetImages ( ) . FindFirstModule ( module_spec ) ) ;
if ( module_sp ) {
if ( num_compile_units > 0 ) {
for ( size_t cu_idx = 0 ; cu_idx < num_compile_units ; + + cu_idx )
module_sp - > FindCompileUnits (
compile_units . GetFileSpecAtIndex ( cu_idx ) , append ,
sc_list ) ;
} else {
SymbolContext sc ;
sc . module_sp = module_sp ;
sc_list . Append ( sc ) ;
}
} else {
// Didn't find matching shlib/module in target...
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" target doesn't contain the specified shared library: %s \n " ,
module_file . GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
2011-07-07 09:59:51 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
} else {
// No shared libraries, we just want to find globals for the compile
// units files that were specified
for ( size_t cu_idx = 0 ; cu_idx < num_compile_units ; + + cu_idx )
target - > GetImages ( ) . FindCompileUnits (
compile_units . GetFileSpecAtIndex ( cu_idx ) , append , sc_list ) ;
2011-07-07 09:59:51 +08:00
}
Expanded the flags that can be set for a command object in lldb_private::CommandObject. This list of available flags are:
enum
{
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresTarget
//
// Ensures a valid target is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidTargetDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidTargetDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresTarget = (1u << 0),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresProcess
//
// Ensures a valid process is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a process doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidProcessDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidProcessDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresProcess = (1u << 1),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresThread
//
// Ensures a valid thread is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a thread doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidThreadDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidThreadDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresThread = (1u << 2),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresFrame
//
// Ensures a valid frame is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a frame doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidFrameDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidFrameDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresFrame = (1u << 3),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresRegContext
//
// Ensures a valid register context (from the selected frame if there
// is a frame in m_exe_ctx, or from the selected thread from m_exe_ctx)
// is availble from m_exe_ctx prior to executing the command. If a
// target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command will fail and
// CommandObject::GetInvalidRegContextDescription() will be returned as
// the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the virtual function
// for GetInvalidRegContextDescription() to provide custom strings when
// needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresRegContext = (1u << 4),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagTryTargetAPILock
//
// Attempts to acquire the target lock if a target is selected in the
// command interpreter. If the command object fails to acquire the API
// lock, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagTryTargetAPILock = (1u << 5),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched
//
// Verifies that there is a launched process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched = (1u << 6),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBePaused
//
// Verifies that there is a paused process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBePaused = (1u << 7)
};
Now each command object contains a "ExecutionContext m_exe_ctx;" member variable that gets initialized prior to running the command. The validity of the target objects in m_exe_ctx are checked to ensure that any target/process/thread/frame/reg context that are required are valid prior to executing the command. Each command object also contains a Mutex::Locker m_api_locker which gets used if eFlagTryTargetAPILock is set. This centralizes a lot of checking code that was previously and inconsistently implemented across many commands.
llvm-svn: 171990
2013-01-10 03:44:40 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const uint32_t num_scs = sc_list . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( num_scs > 0 ) {
SymbolContext sc ;
for ( uint32_t sc_idx = 0 ; sc_idx < num_scs ; + + sc_idx ) {
if ( sc_list . GetContextAtIndex ( sc_idx , sc ) ) {
if ( sc . comp_unit ) {
const bool can_create = true ;
VariableListSP comp_unit_varlist_sp (
sc . comp_unit - > GetVariableList ( can_create ) ) ;
if ( comp_unit_varlist_sp )
DumpGlobalVariableList ( m_exe_ctx , sc , * comp_unit_varlist_sp ,
s ) ;
} else if ( sc . module_sp ) {
// Get all global variables for this module
lldb_private : : RegularExpression all_globals_regex (
2016-09-22 00:01:28 +08:00
llvm : : StringRef (
" . " ) ) ; // Any global with at least one character
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
VariableList variable_list ;
2018-05-31 17:46:26 +08:00
sc . module_sp - > FindGlobalVariables ( all_globals_regex , UINT32_MAX ,
variable_list ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
DumpGlobalVariableList ( m_exe_ctx , sc , variable_list , s ) ;
}
}
}
2011-08-13 00:42:31 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_interpreter . TruncationWarningNecessary ( ) ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( m_interpreter . TruncationWarningText ( ) ,
m_cmd_name . c_str ( ) ) ;
m_interpreter . TruncationWarningGiven ( ) ;
2011-07-07 09:59:51 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
OptionGroupOptions m_option_group ;
OptionGroupVariable m_option_variable ;
OptionGroupFormat m_option_format ;
OptionGroupFileList m_option_compile_units ;
OptionGroupFileList m_option_shared_libraries ;
OptionGroupValueObjectDisplay m_varobj_options ;
2011-07-07 09:59:51 +08:00
} ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsAdd
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsAdd : public CommandObjectParsed {
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsAdd ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , " target modules search-paths add " ,
" Add new image search paths substitution pairs to "
" the current target. " ,
nullptr ) {
CommandArgumentEntry arg ;
CommandArgumentData old_prefix_arg ;
CommandArgumentData new_prefix_arg ;
// Define the first variant of this arg pair.
old_prefix_arg . arg_type = eArgTypeOldPathPrefix ;
old_prefix_arg . arg_repetition = eArgRepeatPairPlus ;
// Define the first variant of this arg pair.
new_prefix_arg . arg_type = eArgTypeNewPathPrefix ;
new_prefix_arg . arg_repetition = eArgRepeatPairPlus ;
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// There are two required arguments that must always occur together, i.e.
// an argument "pair". Because they must always occur together, they are
// treated as two variants of one argument rather than two independent
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
// arguments. Push them both into the first argument position for
// m_arguments...
arg . push_back ( old_prefix_arg ) ;
arg . push_back ( new_prefix_arg ) ;
m_arguments . push_back ( arg ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsAdd ( ) override = default ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target ) {
const size_t argc = command . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
if ( argc & 1 ) {
result . AppendError ( " add requires an even number of arguments \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
} else {
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < argc ; i + = 2 ) {
const char * from = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i ) ;
const char * to = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i + 1 ) ;
if ( from [ 0 ] & & to [ 0 ] ) {
Log * log = lldb_private : : GetLogIfAllCategoriesSet ( LIBLLDB_LOG_HOST ) ;
if ( log ) {
log - > Printf ( " target modules search path adding ImageSearchPath "
" pair: '%s' -> '%s' " ,
from , to ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool last_pair = ( ( argc - i ) = = 2 ) ;
target - > GetImageSearchPathList ( ) . Append (
ConstString ( from ) , ConstString ( to ) ,
last_pair ) ; // Notify if this is the last pair
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishNoResult ) ;
} else {
if ( from [ 0 ] )
result . AppendError ( " <path-prefix> can't be empty \n " ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
else
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . AppendError ( " <new-path-prefix> can't be empty \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
} else {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
} ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsClear
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsClear : public CommandObjectParsed {
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsClear ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , " target modules search-paths clear " ,
" Clear all current image search path substitution "
" pairs from the current target. " ,
" target modules search-paths clear " ) { }
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsClear ( ) override = default ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target ) {
bool notify = true ;
target - > GetImageSearchPathList ( ) . Clear ( notify ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishNoResult ) ;
} else {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
} ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsInsert
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsInsert : public CommandObjectParsed {
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsInsert ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , " target modules search-paths insert " ,
" Insert a new image search path substitution pair "
" into the current target at the specified index. " ,
nullptr ) {
CommandArgumentEntry arg1 ;
CommandArgumentEntry arg2 ;
CommandArgumentData index_arg ;
CommandArgumentData old_prefix_arg ;
CommandArgumentData new_prefix_arg ;
// Define the first and only variant of this arg.
index_arg . arg_type = eArgTypeIndex ;
index_arg . arg_repetition = eArgRepeatPlain ;
// Put the one and only variant into the first arg for m_arguments:
arg1 . push_back ( index_arg ) ;
// Define the first variant of this arg pair.
old_prefix_arg . arg_type = eArgTypeOldPathPrefix ;
old_prefix_arg . arg_repetition = eArgRepeatPairPlus ;
// Define the first variant of this arg pair.
new_prefix_arg . arg_type = eArgTypeNewPathPrefix ;
new_prefix_arg . arg_repetition = eArgRepeatPairPlus ;
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// There are two required arguments that must always occur together, i.e.
// an argument "pair". Because they must always occur together, they are
// treated as two variants of one argument rather than two independent
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
// arguments. Push them both into the same argument position for
// m_arguments...
arg2 . push_back ( old_prefix_arg ) ;
arg2 . push_back ( new_prefix_arg ) ;
// Add arguments to m_arguments.
m_arguments . push_back ( arg1 ) ;
m_arguments . push_back ( arg2 ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsInsert ( ) override = default ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target ) {
size_t argc = command . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
// check for at least 3 arguments and an odd number of parameters
if ( argc > = 3 & & argc & 1 ) {
bool success = false ;
uint32_t insert_idx = StringConvert : : ToUInt32 (
command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( 0 ) , UINT32_MAX , 0 , & success ) ;
if ( ! success ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" <index> parameter is not an integer: '%s'. \n " ,
command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( 0 ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
// shift off the index
command . Shift ( ) ;
argc = command . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
for ( uint32_t i = 0 ; i < argc ; i + = 2 , + + insert_idx ) {
const char * from = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i ) ;
const char * to = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i + 1 ) ;
if ( from [ 0 ] & & to [ 0 ] ) {
bool last_pair = ( ( argc - i ) = = 2 ) ;
target - > GetImageSearchPathList ( ) . Insert (
ConstString ( from ) , ConstString ( to ) , insert_idx , last_pair ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishNoResult ) ;
} else {
if ( from [ 0 ] )
result . AppendError ( " <path-prefix> can't be empty \n " ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
else
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . AppendError ( " <new-path-prefix> can't be empty \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendError ( " insert requires at least three arguments \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
} else {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
} ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsList
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsList : public CommandObjectParsed {
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsList ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , " target modules search-paths list " ,
" List all current image search path substitution "
" pairs in the current target. " ,
" target modules search-paths list " ) { }
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsList ( ) override = default ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target ) {
if ( command . GetArgumentCount ( ) ! = 0 ) {
result . AppendError ( " list takes no arguments \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
target - > GetImageSearchPathList ( ) . Dump ( & result . GetOutputStream ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
} else {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
} ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsQuery
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsQuery : public CommandObjectParsed {
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsQuery ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed (
interpreter , " target modules search-paths query " ,
" Transform a path using the first applicable image search path. " ,
nullptr ) {
CommandArgumentEntry arg ;
CommandArgumentData path_arg ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
// Define the first (and only) variant of this arg.
path_arg . arg_type = eArgTypeDirectoryName ;
path_arg . arg_repetition = eArgRepeatPlain ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
// There is only one variant this argument could be; put it into the
// argument entry.
arg . push_back ( path_arg ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
// Push the data for the first argument into the m_arguments vector.
m_arguments . push_back ( arg ) ;
}
2011-02-03 08:30:19 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsQuery ( ) override = default ;
protected :
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target ) {
if ( command . GetArgumentCount ( ) ! = 1 ) {
result . AppendError ( " query requires one argument \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
ConstString orig ( command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( 0 ) ) ;
ConstString transformed ;
if ( target - > GetImageSearchPathList ( ) . RemapPath ( orig , transformed ) )
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " %s \n " , transformed . GetCString ( ) ) ;
else
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " %s \n " , orig . GetCString ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
} else {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
} ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Static Helper functions
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static void DumpModuleArchitecture ( Stream & strm , Module * module ,
bool full_triple , uint32_t width ) {
if ( module ) {
StreamString arch_strm ;
2015-10-14 07:41:19 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( full_triple )
module - > GetArchitecture ( ) . DumpTriple ( arch_strm ) ;
else
arch_strm . PutCString ( module - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetArchitectureName ( ) ) ;
std : : string arch_str = arch_strm . GetString ( ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( width )
strm . Printf ( " %-*s " , width , arch_str . c_str ( ) ) ;
2011-08-10 10:10:13 +08:00
else
2016-11-03 04:34:10 +08:00
strm . PutCString ( arch_str ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static void DumpModuleUUID ( Stream & strm , Module * module ) {
if ( module & & module - > GetUUID ( ) . IsValid ( ) )
module - > GetUUID ( ) . Dump ( & strm ) ;
else
strm . PutCString ( " " ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static uint32_t DumpCompileUnitLineTable ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter ,
Stream & strm , Module * module ,
const FileSpec & file_spec ,
2019-01-17 21:11:04 +08:00
lldb : : DescriptionLevel desc_level ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
uint32_t num_matches = 0 ;
if ( module ) {
SymbolContextList sc_list ;
num_matches = module - > ResolveSymbolContextsForFileSpec (
file_spec , 0 , false , eSymbolContextCompUnit , sc_list ) ;
for ( uint32_t i = 0 ; i < num_matches ; + + i ) {
SymbolContext sc ;
if ( sc_list . GetContextAtIndex ( i , sc ) ) {
if ( i > 0 )
strm < < " \n \n " ;
strm < < " Line table for " < < * static_cast < FileSpec * > ( sc . comp_unit )
< < " in ` " < < module - > GetFileSpec ( ) . GetFilename ( ) < < " \n " ;
LineTable * line_table = sc . comp_unit - > GetLineTable ( ) ;
if ( line_table )
line_table - > GetDescription (
& strm , interpreter . GetExecutionContext ( ) . GetTargetPtr ( ) ,
2019-01-17 21:11:04 +08:00
desc_level ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
else
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
strm < < " No line table " ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
return num_matches ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static void DumpFullpath ( Stream & strm , const FileSpec * file_spec_ptr ,
uint32_t width ) {
if ( file_spec_ptr ) {
if ( width > 0 ) {
std : : string fullpath = file_spec_ptr - > GetPath ( ) ;
strm . Printf ( " %-*s " , width , fullpath . c_str ( ) ) ;
return ;
} else {
file_spec_ptr - > Dump ( & strm ) ;
return ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
// Keep the width spacing correct if things go wrong...
if ( width > 0 )
strm . Printf ( " %-*s " , width , " " ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static void DumpDirectory ( Stream & strm , const FileSpec * file_spec_ptr ,
uint32_t width ) {
if ( file_spec_ptr ) {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
if ( width > 0 )
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
strm . Printf ( " %-*s " , width , file_spec_ptr - > GetDirectory ( ) . AsCString ( " " ) ) ;
else
file_spec_ptr - > GetDirectory ( ) . Dump ( & strm ) ;
return ;
}
// Keep the width spacing correct if things go wrong...
if ( width > 0 )
strm . Printf ( " %-*s " , width , " " ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static void DumpBasename ( Stream & strm , const FileSpec * file_spec_ptr ,
uint32_t width ) {
if ( file_spec_ptr ) {
if ( width > 0 )
strm . Printf ( " %-*s " , width , file_spec_ptr - > GetFilename ( ) . AsCString ( " " ) ) ;
else
file_spec_ptr - > GetFilename ( ) . Dump ( & strm ) ;
return ;
}
// Keep the width spacing correct if things go wrong...
if ( width > 0 )
strm . Printf ( " %-*s " , width , " " ) ;
2016-04-05 05:21:49 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static size_t DumpModuleObjfileHeaders ( Stream & strm , ModuleList & module_list ) {
size_t num_dumped = 0 ;
std : : lock_guard < std : : recursive_mutex > guard ( module_list . GetMutex ( ) ) ;
const size_t num_modules = module_list . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( num_modules > 0 ) {
strm . Printf ( " Dumping headers for % " PRIu64 " module(s). \n " ,
static_cast < uint64_t > ( num_modules ) ) ;
strm . IndentMore ( ) ;
for ( size_t image_idx = 0 ; image_idx < num_modules ; + + image_idx ) {
Module * module = module_list . GetModulePointerAtIndexUnlocked ( image_idx ) ;
if ( module ) {
if ( num_dumped + + > 0 ) {
strm . EOL ( ) ;
strm . EOL ( ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
ObjectFile * objfile = module - > GetObjectFile ( ) ;
Improve LLDB's handling of non-local minidumps
Normally, LLDB is creating a high-fidelity representation of a live
process, including a list of modules and sections, with the
associated memory address ranges. In order to build the module and
section map LLDB tries to locate the local module image (object file)
and will parse it.
This does not work for postmortem debugging scenarios where the crash
dump (minidump in this case) was captured on a different machine.
Fortunately the minidump format encodes enough information about
each module's memory range to allow us to create placeholder modules.
This enables most LLDB functionality involving address-to-module
translations.
Also, we may want to completly disable the search for matching
local object files if we load minidumps unless we can prove that the
local image matches the one from the crash origin.
(not part of this change, see: llvm.org/pr35193)
Example: Identify the module from a stack frame PC:
Before:
thread #1, stop reason = Exception 0xc0000005 encountered at address 0x164d14
frame #0: 0x00164d14
frame #1: 0x00167c79
frame #2: 0x00167e6d
frame #3: 0x7510336a
frame #4: 0x77759882
frame #5: 0x77759855
After:
thread #1, stop reason = Exception 0xc0000005 encountered at address 0x164d14
frame #0: 0x00164d14 C:\Users\amccarth\Documents\Visual Studio 2013\Projects\fizzbuzz\Debug\fizzbuzz.exe
frame #1: 0x00167c79 C:\Users\amccarth\Documents\Visual Studio 2013\Projects\fizzbuzz\Debug\fizzbuzz.exe
frame #2: 0x00167e6d C:\Users\amccarth\Documents\Visual Studio 2013\Projects\fizzbuzz\Debug\fizzbuzz.exe
frame #3: 0x7510336a C:\Windows\SysWOW64\kernel32.dll
frame #4: 0x77759882 C:\Windows\SysWOW64\ntdll.dll
frame #5: 0x77759855 C:\Windows\SysWOW64\ntdll.dll
Example: target modules list
Before:
error: the target has no associated executable images
After:
[ 0] C:\Windows\System32\MSVCP120D.dll
[ 1] C:\Windows\SysWOW64\kernel32.dll
[ 2] C:\Users\amccarth\Documents\Visual Studio 2013\Projects\fizzbuzz\Debug\fizzbuzz.exe
[ 3] C:\Windows\System32\MSVCR120D.dll
[ 4] C:\Windows\SysWOW64\KERNELBASE.dll
[ 5] C:\Windows\SysWOW64\ntdll.dll
NOTE: the minidump format also includes the debug info GUID, so we can
fill-in the module UUID from it, but this part was excluded from this change
to keep the changes simple (the LLDB UUID is hardcoded to be either 16 or
20 bytes, while the CodeView GUIDs are normally 24 bytes)
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D45700
llvm-svn: 330302
2018-04-19 07:10:46 +08:00
if ( objfile )
objfile - > Dump ( & strm ) ;
2018-05-03 04:06:17 +08:00
else {
strm . Format ( " No object file for module: {0:F} \n " ,
module - > GetFileSpec ( ) ) ;
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
strm . IndentLess ( ) ;
}
return num_dumped ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static void DumpModuleSymtab ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter , Stream & strm ,
Module * module , SortOrder sort_order ) {
if ( module ) {
SymbolVendor * sym_vendor = module - > GetSymbolVendor ( ) ;
if ( sym_vendor ) {
Symtab * symtab = sym_vendor - > GetSymtab ( ) ;
if ( symtab )
symtab - > Dump ( & strm , interpreter . GetExecutionContext ( ) . GetTargetPtr ( ) ,
sort_order ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static void DumpModuleSections ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter , Stream & strm ,
Module * module ) {
if ( module ) {
SectionList * section_list = module - > GetSectionList ( ) ;
if ( section_list ) {
strm . Printf ( " Sections for '%s' (%s): \n " ,
module - > GetSpecificationDescription ( ) . c_str ( ) ,
module - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetArchitectureName ( ) ) ;
strm . IndentMore ( ) ;
section_list - > Dump ( & strm ,
interpreter . GetExecutionContext ( ) . GetTargetPtr ( ) , true ,
UINT32_MAX ) ;
strm . IndentLess ( ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static bool DumpModuleSymbolVendor ( Stream & strm , Module * module ) {
if ( module ) {
SymbolVendor * symbol_vendor = module - > GetSymbolVendor ( true ) ;
if ( symbol_vendor ) {
symbol_vendor - > Dump ( & strm ) ;
return true ;
2012-05-16 02:43:44 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
return false ;
2012-05-16 02:43:44 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static void DumpAddress ( ExecutionContextScope * exe_scope ,
const Address & so_addr , bool verbose , Stream & strm ) {
strm . IndentMore ( ) ;
strm . Indent ( " Address: " ) ;
so_addr . Dump ( & strm , exe_scope , Address : : DumpStyleModuleWithFileAddress ) ;
strm . PutCString ( " ( " ) ;
so_addr . Dump ( & strm , exe_scope , Address : : DumpStyleSectionNameOffset ) ;
strm . PutCString ( " ) \n " ) ;
strm . Indent ( " Summary: " ) ;
const uint32_t save_indent = strm . GetIndentLevel ( ) ;
strm . SetIndentLevel ( save_indent + 13 ) ;
so_addr . Dump ( & strm , exe_scope , Address : : DumpStyleResolvedDescription ) ;
strm . SetIndentLevel ( save_indent ) ;
// Print out detailed address information when verbose is enabled
if ( verbose ) {
strm . EOL ( ) ;
so_addr . Dump ( & strm , exe_scope , Address : : DumpStyleDetailedSymbolContext ) ;
}
strm . IndentLess ( ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static bool LookupAddressInModule ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter , Stream & strm ,
Module * module , uint32_t resolve_mask ,
lldb : : addr_t raw_addr , lldb : : addr_t offset ,
bool verbose ) {
if ( module ) {
lldb : : addr_t addr = raw_addr - offset ;
Address so_addr ;
SymbolContext sc ;
Target * target = interpreter . GetExecutionContext ( ) . GetTargetPtr ( ) ;
if ( target & & ! target - > GetSectionLoadList ( ) . IsEmpty ( ) ) {
if ( ! target - > GetSectionLoadList ( ) . ResolveLoadAddress ( addr , so_addr ) )
return false ;
else if ( so_addr . GetModule ( ) . get ( ) ! = module )
return false ;
} else {
if ( ! module - > ResolveFileAddress ( addr , so_addr ) )
return false ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
ExecutionContextScope * exe_scope =
interpreter . GetExecutionContext ( ) . GetBestExecutionContextScope ( ) ;
DumpAddress ( exe_scope , so_addr , verbose , strm ) ;
// strm.IndentMore();
// strm.Indent (" Address: ");
// so_addr.Dump (&strm, exe_scope,
// Address::DumpStyleModuleWithFileAddress);
// strm.PutCString (" (");
// so_addr.Dump (&strm, exe_scope,
// Address::DumpStyleSectionNameOffset);
// strm.PutCString (")\n");
// strm.Indent (" Summary: ");
// const uint32_t save_indent = strm.GetIndentLevel ();
// strm.SetIndentLevel (save_indent + 13);
// so_addr.Dump (&strm, exe_scope,
// Address::DumpStyleResolvedDescription);
// strm.SetIndentLevel (save_indent);
// // Print out detailed address information when verbose is enabled
// if (verbose)
// {
// strm.EOL();
// so_addr.Dump (&strm, exe_scope,
// Address::DumpStyleDetailedSymbolContext);
// }
// strm.IndentLess();
return true ;
}
return false ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static uint32_t LookupSymbolInModule ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter ,
Stream & strm , Module * module ,
const char * name , bool name_is_regex ,
bool verbose ) {
if ( module ) {
SymbolContext sc ;
SymbolVendor * sym_vendor = module - > GetSymbolVendor ( ) ;
if ( sym_vendor ) {
Symtab * symtab = sym_vendor - > GetSymtab ( ) ;
if ( symtab ) {
std : : vector < uint32_t > match_indexes ;
ConstString symbol_name ( name ) ;
uint32_t num_matches = 0 ;
if ( name_is_regex ) {
2016-09-22 00:01:28 +08:00
RegularExpression name_regexp ( symbol_name . GetStringRef ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
num_matches = symtab - > AppendSymbolIndexesMatchingRegExAndType (
name_regexp , eSymbolTypeAny , match_indexes ) ;
} else {
num_matches =
symtab - > AppendSymbolIndexesWithName ( symbol_name , match_indexes ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( num_matches > 0 ) {
strm . Indent ( ) ;
strm . Printf ( " %u symbols match %s'%s' in " , num_matches ,
name_is_regex ? " the regular expression " : " " , name ) ;
DumpFullpath ( strm , & module - > GetFileSpec ( ) , 0 ) ;
strm . PutCString ( " : \n " ) ;
strm . IndentMore ( ) ;
for ( uint32_t i = 0 ; i < num_matches ; + + i ) {
Symbol * symbol = symtab - > SymbolAtIndex ( match_indexes [ i ] ) ;
if ( symbol & & symbol - > ValueIsAddress ( ) ) {
DumpAddress ( interpreter . GetExecutionContext ( )
. GetBestExecutionContextScope ( ) ,
symbol - > GetAddressRef ( ) , verbose , strm ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
strm . IndentLess ( ) ;
return num_matches ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
return 0 ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static void DumpSymbolContextList ( ExecutionContextScope * exe_scope ,
Stream & strm , SymbolContextList & sc_list ,
bool verbose ) {
strm . IndentMore ( ) ;
2016-02-26 03:02:39 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const uint32_t num_matches = sc_list . GetSize ( ) ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
for ( uint32_t i = 0 ; i < num_matches ; + + i ) {
SymbolContext sc ;
if ( sc_list . GetContextAtIndex ( i , sc ) ) {
AddressRange range ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
sc . GetAddressRange ( eSymbolContextEverything , 0 , true , range ) ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
DumpAddress ( exe_scope , range . GetBaseAddress ( ) , verbose , strm ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
strm . IndentLess ( ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static size_t LookupFunctionInModule ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter ,
Stream & strm , Module * module ,
const char * name , bool name_is_regex ,
bool include_inlines , bool include_symbols ,
bool verbose ) {
if ( module & & name & & name [ 0 ] ) {
SymbolContextList sc_list ;
const bool append = true ;
size_t num_matches = 0 ;
if ( name_is_regex ) {
2016-09-22 00:01:28 +08:00
RegularExpression function_name_regex ( ( llvm : : StringRef ( name ) ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
num_matches = module - > FindFunctions ( function_name_regex , include_symbols ,
include_inlines , append , sc_list ) ;
} else {
ConstString function_name ( name ) ;
num_matches = module - > FindFunctions (
function_name , nullptr , eFunctionNameTypeAuto , include_symbols ,
include_inlines , append , sc_list ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( num_matches ) {
strm . Indent ( ) ;
strm . Printf ( " % " PRIu64 " match%s found in " , ( uint64_t ) num_matches ,
num_matches > 1 ? " es " : " " ) ;
DumpFullpath ( strm , & module - > GetFileSpec ( ) , 0 ) ;
strm . PutCString ( " : \n " ) ;
DumpSymbolContextList (
interpreter . GetExecutionContext ( ) . GetBestExecutionContextScope ( ) ,
strm , sc_list , verbose ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return num_matches ;
}
return 0 ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static size_t LookupTypeInModule ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter , Stream & strm ,
Module * module , const char * name_cstr ,
bool name_is_regex ) {
if ( module & & name_cstr & & name_cstr [ 0 ] ) {
2012-06-07 04:49:55 +08:00
TypeList type_list ;
const uint32_t max_num_matches = UINT32_MAX ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
size_t num_matches = 0 ;
2012-06-07 04:49:55 +08:00
bool name_is_fully_qualified = false ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2012-06-07 04:49:55 +08:00
ConstString name ( name_cstr ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
llvm : : DenseSet < lldb_private : : SymbolFile * > searched_symbol_files ;
num_matches =
2019-01-15 06:41:21 +08:00
module - > FindTypes ( name , name_is_fully_qualified , max_num_matches ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
searched_symbol_files , type_list ) ;
if ( num_matches ) {
strm . Indent ( ) ;
strm . Printf ( " % " PRIu64 " match%s found in " , ( uint64_t ) num_matches ,
num_matches > 1 ? " es " : " " ) ;
DumpFullpath ( strm , & module - > GetFileSpec ( ) , 0 ) ;
strm . PutCString ( " : \n " ) ;
for ( TypeSP type_sp : type_list . Types ( ) ) {
if ( type_sp ) {
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// Resolve the clang type so that any forward references to types
// that haven't yet been parsed will get parsed.
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
type_sp - > GetFullCompilerType ( ) ;
type_sp - > GetDescription ( & strm , eDescriptionLevelFull , true ) ;
// Print all typedef chains
TypeSP typedef_type_sp ( type_sp ) ;
TypeSP typedefed_type_sp ( typedef_type_sp - > GetTypedefType ( ) ) ;
while ( typedefed_type_sp ) {
strm . EOL ( ) ;
strm . Printf ( " typedef '%s': " ,
typedef_type_sp - > GetName ( ) . GetCString ( ) ) ;
typedefed_type_sp - > GetFullCompilerType ( ) ;
typedefed_type_sp - > GetDescription ( & strm , eDescriptionLevelFull ,
true ) ;
typedef_type_sp = typedefed_type_sp ;
typedefed_type_sp = typedef_type_sp - > GetTypedefType ( ) ;
}
2012-06-07 04:49:55 +08:00
}
strm . EOL ( ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2012-06-07 04:49:55 +08:00
}
return num_matches ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
return 0 ;
2012-06-07 04:49:55 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static size_t LookupTypeHere ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter , Stream & strm ,
2019-01-15 06:41:21 +08:00
Module & module , const char * name_cstr ,
bool name_is_regex ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
TypeList type_list ;
const uint32_t max_num_matches = UINT32_MAX ;
size_t num_matches = 1 ;
bool name_is_fully_qualified = false ;
ConstString name ( name_cstr ) ;
llvm : : DenseSet < SymbolFile * > searched_symbol_files ;
2019-01-15 06:41:21 +08:00
num_matches = module . FindTypes ( name , name_is_fully_qualified , max_num_matches ,
searched_symbol_files , type_list ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( num_matches ) {
strm . Indent ( ) ;
strm . PutCString ( " Best match found in " ) ;
2019-01-15 06:41:21 +08:00
DumpFullpath ( strm , & module . GetFileSpec ( ) , 0 ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
strm . PutCString ( " : \n " ) ;
TypeSP type_sp ( type_list . GetTypeAtIndex ( 0 ) ) ;
if ( type_sp ) {
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// Resolve the clang type so that any forward references to types that
// haven't yet been parsed will get parsed.
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
type_sp - > GetFullCompilerType ( ) ;
type_sp - > GetDescription ( & strm , eDescriptionLevelFull , true ) ;
// Print all typedef chains
TypeSP typedef_type_sp ( type_sp ) ;
TypeSP typedefed_type_sp ( typedef_type_sp - > GetTypedefType ( ) ) ;
while ( typedefed_type_sp ) {
strm . EOL ( ) ;
strm . Printf ( " typedef '%s': " ,
typedef_type_sp - > GetName ( ) . GetCString ( ) ) ;
typedefed_type_sp - > GetFullCompilerType ( ) ;
typedefed_type_sp - > GetDescription ( & strm , eDescriptionLevelFull , true ) ;
typedef_type_sp = typedefed_type_sp ;
typedefed_type_sp = typedef_type_sp - > GetTypedefType ( ) ;
}
}
strm . EOL ( ) ;
}
return num_matches ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static uint32_t LookupFileAndLineInModule ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter ,
Stream & strm , Module * module ,
const FileSpec & file_spec ,
uint32_t line , bool check_inlines ,
bool verbose ) {
if ( module & & file_spec ) {
SymbolContextList sc_list ;
const uint32_t num_matches = module - > ResolveSymbolContextsForFileSpec (
file_spec , line , check_inlines , eSymbolContextEverything , sc_list ) ;
if ( num_matches > 0 ) {
strm . Indent ( ) ;
strm . Printf ( " %u match%s found in " , num_matches ,
num_matches > 1 ? " es " : " " ) ;
strm < < file_spec ;
if ( line > 0 )
strm . Printf ( " :%u " , line ) ;
strm < < " in " ;
DumpFullpath ( strm , & module - > GetFileSpec ( ) , 0 ) ;
strm . PutCString ( " : \n " ) ;
DumpSymbolContextList (
interpreter . GetExecutionContext ( ) . GetBestExecutionContextScope ( ) ,
strm , sc_list , verbose ) ;
return num_matches ;
2011-11-10 09:18:58 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
return 0 ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
static size_t FindModulesByName ( Target * target , const char * module_name ,
ModuleList & module_list ,
bool check_global_list ) {
2018-11-02 05:05:36 +08:00
FileSpec module_file_spec ( module_name ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
ModuleSpec module_spec ( module_file_spec ) ;
const size_t initial_size = module_list . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( check_global_list ) {
// Check the global list
std : : lock_guard < std : : recursive_mutex > guard (
Module : : GetAllocationModuleCollectionMutex ( ) ) ;
const size_t num_modules = Module : : GetNumberAllocatedModules ( ) ;
ModuleSP module_sp ;
for ( size_t image_idx = 0 ; image_idx < num_modules ; + + image_idx ) {
Module * module = Module : : GetAllocatedModuleAtIndex ( image_idx ) ;
if ( module ) {
if ( module - > MatchesModuleSpec ( module_spec ) ) {
module_sp = module - > shared_from_this ( ) ;
module_list . AppendIfNeeded ( module_sp ) ;
2012-07-12 04:46:47 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
}
} else {
if ( target ) {
const size_t num_matches =
target - > GetImages ( ) . FindModules ( module_spec , module_list ) ;
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// Not found in our module list for our target, check the main shared
// module list in case it is a extra file used somewhere else
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( num_matches = = 0 ) {
module_spec . GetArchitecture ( ) = target - > GetArchitecture ( ) ;
ModuleList : : FindSharedModules ( module_spec , module_list ) ;
}
} else {
ModuleList : : FindSharedModules ( module_spec , module_list ) ;
2012-07-12 04:46:47 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return module_list . GetSize ( ) - initial_size ;
2011-11-10 09:18:58 +08:00
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// A base command object class that can auto complete with module file
// paths
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete
: public CommandObjectParsed {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter ,
const char * name ,
const char * help ,
const char * syntax )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , name , help , syntax ) {
CommandArgumentEntry arg ;
CommandArgumentData file_arg ;
// Define the first (and only) variant of this arg.
file_arg . arg_type = eArgTypeFilename ;
file_arg . arg_repetition = eArgRepeatStar ;
// There is only one variant this argument could be; put it into the
// argument entry.
arg . push_back ( file_arg ) ;
// Push the data for the first argument into the m_arguments vector.
m_arguments . push_back ( arg ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete ( ) override = default ;
Refactoring for for the internal command line completion API (NFC)
Summary:
This patch refactors the internal completion API. It now takes (as far as possible) a single
CompletionRequest object instead o half a dozen in/out/in-out parameters. The CompletionRequest
contains a common superset of the different parameters as far as it makes sense. This includes
the raw command line string and raw cursor position, which should make the `expr` command
possible to implement (at least without hacks that reconstruct the command line from the args).
This patch is not intended to change the observable behavior of lldb in any way. It's also as
minimal as possible and doesn't attempt to fix all the problems the API has.
Some Q&A:
Q: Why is this not fixing all the problems in the completion API?
A: Because is a blocker for the expr command completion which I want to get in ASAP. This is the
smallest patch that unblocks the expr completion patch and which allows trivial refactoring in the future.
The patch also doesn't really change the internal information flow in the API, so that hopefully
saves us from ever having to revert and resubmit this humongous patch.
Q: Can we merge all the copy-pasted code in the completion methods
(like computing the current incomplete arg) into CompletionRequest class?
A: Yes, but it's out of scope for this patch.
Q: Why the `word_complete = request.GetWordComplete(); ... ` pattern?
A: I don't want to add a getter that returns a reference to the internal integer. So we have
to use a temporary variable and the Getter/Setter instead. We don't throw exceptions
from what I can tell, so the behavior doesn't change.
Q: Why are we not owning the list of matches?
A: Because that's how the previous API works. But that should be fixed too (in another patch).
Q: Can we make the constructor simpler and compute some of the values from the plain command?
A: I think this works, but I rather want to have this in a follow up commit. Especially when making nested
request it's a bit awkward that the parsed arguments behave as both input/output (as we should in theory
propagate the changes on the nested request back to the parent request if we don't want to change the
behavior too much).
Q: Can't we pass one const request object and then just return another result object instead of mixing
them together in one in/out parameter?
A: It's hard to get keep the same behavior with that pattern, but I think we can also get a nice API with just
a single request object. If we make all input parameters read-only, we have a clear separation between what
is actually an input and what an output parameter (and hopefully we get rid of the in-out parameters).
Q: Can we throw out the 'match' variables that are not implemented according to the comment?
A: We currently just forward them as in the old code to the different methods, even though I think
they are really not used. We can easily remove and readd them once every single completion method just
takes a CompletionRequest, but for now I prefer NFC behavior from the perspective of the API user.
Reviewers: davide, jingham, labath
Reviewed By: jingham
Subscribers: mgorny, friss, lldb-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D48796
llvm-svn: 336146
2018-07-03 05:29:56 +08:00
int HandleArgumentCompletion (
CompletionRequest & request ,
OptionElementVector & opt_element_vector ) override {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandCompletions : : InvokeCommonCompletionCallbacks (
2018-07-14 02:28:14 +08:00
GetCommandInterpreter ( ) , CommandCompletions : : eModuleCompletion , request ,
nullptr ) ;
2018-07-28 02:42:46 +08:00
return request . GetNumberOfMatches ( ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
} ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesSourceFileAutoComplete
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// A base command object class that can auto complete with module source
// file paths
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesSourceFileAutoComplete
: public CommandObjectParsed {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesSourceFileAutoComplete (
CommandInterpreter & interpreter , const char * name , const char * help ,
const char * syntax , uint32_t flags )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , name , help , syntax , flags ) {
CommandArgumentEntry arg ;
CommandArgumentData source_file_arg ;
// Define the first (and only) variant of this arg.
source_file_arg . arg_type = eArgTypeSourceFile ;
source_file_arg . arg_repetition = eArgRepeatPlus ;
// There is only one variant this argument could be; put it into the
// argument entry.
arg . push_back ( source_file_arg ) ;
// Push the data for the first argument into the m_arguments vector.
m_arguments . push_back ( arg ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesSourceFileAutoComplete ( ) override = default ;
Refactoring for for the internal command line completion API (NFC)
Summary:
This patch refactors the internal completion API. It now takes (as far as possible) a single
CompletionRequest object instead o half a dozen in/out/in-out parameters. The CompletionRequest
contains a common superset of the different parameters as far as it makes sense. This includes
the raw command line string and raw cursor position, which should make the `expr` command
possible to implement (at least without hacks that reconstruct the command line from the args).
This patch is not intended to change the observable behavior of lldb in any way. It's also as
minimal as possible and doesn't attempt to fix all the problems the API has.
Some Q&A:
Q: Why is this not fixing all the problems in the completion API?
A: Because is a blocker for the expr command completion which I want to get in ASAP. This is the
smallest patch that unblocks the expr completion patch and which allows trivial refactoring in the future.
The patch also doesn't really change the internal information flow in the API, so that hopefully
saves us from ever having to revert and resubmit this humongous patch.
Q: Can we merge all the copy-pasted code in the completion methods
(like computing the current incomplete arg) into CompletionRequest class?
A: Yes, but it's out of scope for this patch.
Q: Why the `word_complete = request.GetWordComplete(); ... ` pattern?
A: I don't want to add a getter that returns a reference to the internal integer. So we have
to use a temporary variable and the Getter/Setter instead. We don't throw exceptions
from what I can tell, so the behavior doesn't change.
Q: Why are we not owning the list of matches?
A: Because that's how the previous API works. But that should be fixed too (in another patch).
Q: Can we make the constructor simpler and compute some of the values from the plain command?
A: I think this works, but I rather want to have this in a follow up commit. Especially when making nested
request it's a bit awkward that the parsed arguments behave as both input/output (as we should in theory
propagate the changes on the nested request back to the parent request if we don't want to change the
behavior too much).
Q: Can't we pass one const request object and then just return another result object instead of mixing
them together in one in/out parameter?
A: It's hard to get keep the same behavior with that pattern, but I think we can also get a nice API with just
a single request object. If we make all input parameters read-only, we have a clear separation between what
is actually an input and what an output parameter (and hopefully we get rid of the in-out parameters).
Q: Can we throw out the 'match' variables that are not implemented according to the comment?
A: We currently just forward them as in the old code to the different methods, even though I think
they are really not used. We can easily remove and readd them once every single completion method just
takes a CompletionRequest, but for now I prefer NFC behavior from the perspective of the API user.
Reviewers: davide, jingham, labath
Reviewed By: jingham
Subscribers: mgorny, friss, lldb-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D48796
llvm-svn: 336146
2018-07-03 05:29:56 +08:00
int HandleArgumentCompletion (
CompletionRequest & request ,
OptionElementVector & opt_element_vector ) override {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandCompletions : : InvokeCommonCompletionCallbacks (
GetCommandInterpreter ( ) , CommandCompletions : : eSourceFileCompletion ,
2018-07-14 02:28:14 +08:00
request , nullptr ) ;
2018-07-28 02:42:46 +08:00
return request . GetNumberOfMatches ( ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
2016-04-05 05:21:49 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpObjfile
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpObjfile
: public CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete {
2016-04-05 05:21:49 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpObjfile ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete (
interpreter , " target modules dump objfile " ,
" Dump the object file headers from one or more target modules. " ,
nullptr ) { }
2016-04-05 05:21:49 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpObjfile ( ) override = default ;
2016-04-05 05:21:49 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target = = nullptr ) {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target, create a debug target using the "
" 'target create' command " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
2016-04-05 05:21:49 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
uint32_t addr_byte_size = target - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetAddressByteSize ( ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
result . GetErrorStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
2016-04-05 05:21:49 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
size_t num_dumped = 0 ;
if ( command . GetArgumentCount ( ) = = 0 ) {
// Dump all headers for all modules images
num_dumped = DumpModuleObjfileHeaders ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) ,
target - > GetImages ( ) ) ;
if ( num_dumped = = 0 ) {
result . AppendError ( " the target has no associated executable images " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
} else {
// Find the modules that match the basename or full path.
ModuleList module_list ;
const char * arg_cstr ;
for ( int arg_idx = 0 ;
( arg_cstr = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( arg_idx ) ) ! = nullptr ;
+ + arg_idx ) {
size_t num_matched =
FindModulesByName ( target , arg_cstr , module_list , true ) ;
if ( num_matched = = 0 ) {
result . AppendWarningWithFormat (
" Unable to find an image that matches '%s'. \n " , arg_cstr ) ;
2016-04-05 05:21:49 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
// Dump all the modules we found.
num_dumped =
DumpModuleObjfileHeaders ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , module_list ) ;
}
2016-04-05 05:21:49 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( num_dumped > 0 ) {
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
} else {
result . AppendError ( " no matching executable images found " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2016-04-05 05:21:49 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2016-04-05 05:21:49 +08:00
} ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSymtab
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
static constexpr OptionEnumValueElement g_sort_option_enumeration [ ] = {
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
{ eSortOrderNone , " none " ,
" No sorting, use the original symbol table order. " } ,
{ eSortOrderByAddress , " address " , " Sort output by symbol address. " } ,
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
{ eSortOrderByName , " name " , " Sort output by symbol name. " } } ;
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
static constexpr OptionDefinition g_target_modules_dump_symtab_options [ ] = {
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
// clang-format off
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " sort " , ' s ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , OptionEnumValues ( g_sort_option_enumeration ) , 0 , eArgTypeSortOrder , " Supply a sort order when dumping the symbol table. " }
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
// clang-format on
} ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSymtab
: public CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSymtab ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete (
interpreter , " target modules dump symtab " ,
" Dump the symbol table from one or more target modules. " , nullptr ) ,
m_options ( ) { }
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSymtab ( ) override = default ;
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_options ; }
class CommandOptions : public Options {
public :
CommandOptions ( ) : Options ( ) , m_sort_order ( eSortOrderNone ) { }
~ CommandOptions ( ) override = default ;
2017-05-12 12:51:55 +08:00
Status SetOptionValue ( uint32_t option_idx , llvm : : StringRef option_arg ,
ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
Status error ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const int short_option = m_getopt_table [ option_idx ] . val ;
switch ( short_option ) {
case ' s ' :
2018-04-10 17:03:59 +08:00
m_sort_order = ( SortOrder ) OptionArgParser : : ToOptionEnum (
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
option_arg , GetDefinitions ( ) [ option_idx ] . enum_values ,
eSortOrderNone , error ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
default :
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat ( " invalid short option character '%c' " ,
short_option ) ;
break ;
}
return error ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
void OptionParsingStarting ( ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
m_sort_order = eSortOrderNone ;
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
llvm : : ArrayRef < OptionDefinition > GetDefinitions ( ) override {
2016-09-23 05:06:13 +08:00
return llvm : : makeArrayRef ( g_target_modules_dump_symtab_options ) ;
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
SortOrder m_sort_order ;
} ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target = = nullptr ) {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target, create a debug target using the "
" 'target create' command " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
} else {
uint32_t num_dumped = 0 ;
uint32_t addr_byte_size = target - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetAddressByteSize ( ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
result . GetErrorStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
if ( command . GetArgumentCount ( ) = = 0 ) {
// Dump all sections for all modules images
std : : lock_guard < std : : recursive_mutex > guard (
target - > GetImages ( ) . GetMutex ( ) ) ;
const size_t num_modules = target - > GetImages ( ) . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( num_modules > 0 ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " Dumping symbol table for % " PRIu64
" modules. \n " ,
( uint64_t ) num_modules ) ;
for ( size_t image_idx = 0 ; image_idx < num_modules ; + + image_idx ) {
if ( num_dumped > 0 ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . EOL ( ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . EOL ( ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2017-10-06 07:41:28 +08:00
if ( m_interpreter . WasInterrupted ( ) )
break ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
num_dumped + + ;
DumpModuleSymtab (
m_interpreter , result . GetOutputStream ( ) ,
target - > GetImages ( ) . GetModulePointerAtIndexUnlocked ( image_idx ) ,
m_options . m_sort_order ) ;
}
} else {
result . AppendError ( " the target has no associated executable images " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
} else {
// Dump specified images (by basename or fullpath)
const char * arg_cstr ;
for ( int arg_idx = 0 ;
( arg_cstr = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( arg_idx ) ) ! = nullptr ;
+ + arg_idx ) {
ModuleList module_list ;
const size_t num_matches =
FindModulesByName ( target , arg_cstr , module_list , true ) ;
if ( num_matches > 0 ) {
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < num_matches ; + + i ) {
Module * module = module_list . GetModulePointerAtIndex ( i ) ;
if ( module ) {
if ( num_dumped > 0 ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . EOL ( ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . EOL ( ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2017-10-06 07:41:28 +08:00
if ( m_interpreter . WasInterrupted ( ) )
break ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
num_dumped + + ;
DumpModuleSymtab ( m_interpreter , result . GetOutputStream ( ) ,
module , m_options . m_sort_order ) ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else
result . AppendWarningWithFormat (
" Unable to find an image that matches '%s'. \n " , arg_cstr ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
if ( num_dumped > 0 )
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
else {
result . AppendError ( " no matching executable images found " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandOptions m_options ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSections
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Image section dumping command
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSections
: public CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSections ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete (
interpreter , " target modules dump sections " ,
" Dump the sections from one or more target modules. " ,
//"target modules dump sections [<file1> ...]")
nullptr ) { }
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSections ( ) override = default ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target = = nullptr ) {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target, create a debug target using the "
" 'target create' command " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
} else {
uint32_t num_dumped = 0 ;
uint32_t addr_byte_size = target - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetAddressByteSize ( ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
result . GetErrorStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
if ( command . GetArgumentCount ( ) = = 0 ) {
// Dump all sections for all modules images
const size_t num_modules = target - > GetImages ( ) . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( num_modules > 0 ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " Dumping sections for % " PRIu64
" modules. \n " ,
( uint64_t ) num_modules ) ;
for ( size_t image_idx = 0 ; image_idx < num_modules ; + + image_idx ) {
2017-10-06 07:41:28 +08:00
if ( m_interpreter . WasInterrupted ( ) )
break ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
num_dumped + + ;
DumpModuleSections (
m_interpreter , result . GetOutputStream ( ) ,
target - > GetImages ( ) . GetModulePointerAtIndex ( image_idx ) ) ;
}
} else {
result . AppendError ( " the target has no associated executable images " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
// Dump specified images (by basename or fullpath)
const char * arg_cstr ;
for ( int arg_idx = 0 ;
( arg_cstr = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( arg_idx ) ) ! = nullptr ;
+ + arg_idx ) {
ModuleList module_list ;
const size_t num_matches =
FindModulesByName ( target , arg_cstr , module_list , true ) ;
if ( num_matches > 0 ) {
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < num_matches ; + + i ) {
2017-10-06 07:41:28 +08:00
if ( m_interpreter . WasInterrupted ( ) )
break ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
Module * module = module_list . GetModulePointerAtIndex ( i ) ;
if ( module ) {
num_dumped + + ;
DumpModuleSections ( m_interpreter , result . GetOutputStream ( ) ,
module ) ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
// Check the global list
std : : lock_guard < std : : recursive_mutex > guard (
Module : : GetAllocationModuleCollectionMutex ( ) ) ;
result . AppendWarningWithFormat (
" Unable to find an image that matches '%s'. \n " , arg_cstr ) ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
if ( num_dumped > 0 )
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
else {
result . AppendError ( " no matching executable images found " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
2018-11-06 01:40:28 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSections
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Clang AST dumping command
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
class CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpClangAST
: public CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete {
public :
CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpClangAST ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete (
interpreter , " target modules dump ast " ,
" Dump the clang ast for a given module's symbol file. " ,
//"target modules dump ast [<file1> ...]")
nullptr ) { }
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpClangAST ( ) override = default ;
protected :
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target = = nullptr ) {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target, create a debug target using the "
" 'target create' command " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
const size_t num_modules = target - > GetImages ( ) . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( num_modules = = 0 ) {
result . AppendError ( " the target has no associated executable images " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
if ( command . GetArgumentCount ( ) = = 0 ) {
// Dump all ASTs for all modules images
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " Dumping clang ast for % " PRIu64
" modules. \n " ,
( uint64_t ) num_modules ) ;
for ( size_t image_idx = 0 ; image_idx < num_modules ; + + image_idx ) {
if ( m_interpreter . WasInterrupted ( ) )
break ;
Module * m = target - > GetImages ( ) . GetModulePointerAtIndex ( image_idx ) ;
SymbolFile * sf = m - > GetSymbolVendor ( ) - > GetSymbolFile ( ) ;
sf - > DumpClangAST ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) ) ;
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return true ;
}
// Dump specified ASTs (by basename or fullpath)
for ( const Args : : ArgEntry & arg : command . entries ( ) ) {
ModuleList module_list ;
const size_t num_matches =
FindModulesByName ( target , arg . c_str ( ) , module_list , true ) ;
if ( num_matches = = 0 ) {
// Check the global list
std : : lock_guard < std : : recursive_mutex > guard (
Module : : GetAllocationModuleCollectionMutex ( ) ) ;
result . AppendWarningWithFormat (
" Unable to find an image that matches '%s'. \n " , arg . c_str ( ) ) ;
continue ;
}
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < num_matches ; + + i ) {
if ( m_interpreter . WasInterrupted ( ) )
break ;
Module * m = module_list . GetModulePointerAtIndex ( i ) ;
SymbolFile * sf = m - > GetSymbolVendor ( ) - > GetSymbolFile ( ) ;
sf - > DumpClangAST ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) ) ;
}
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return true ;
}
} ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSymfile
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Image debug symbol dumping command
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSymfile
: public CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSymfile ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete (
interpreter , " target modules dump symfile " ,
" Dump the debug symbol file for one or more target modules. " ,
//"target modules dump symfile [<file1> ...]")
nullptr ) { }
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSymfile ( ) override = default ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target = = nullptr ) {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target, create a debug target using the "
" 'target create' command " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
} else {
uint32_t num_dumped = 0 ;
uint32_t addr_byte_size = target - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetAddressByteSize ( ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
result . GetErrorStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
if ( command . GetArgumentCount ( ) = = 0 ) {
// Dump all sections for all modules images
const ModuleList & target_modules = target - > GetImages ( ) ;
std : : lock_guard < std : : recursive_mutex > guard ( target_modules . GetMutex ( ) ) ;
const size_t num_modules = target_modules . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( num_modules > 0 ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " Dumping debug symbols for % " PRIu64
" modules. \n " ,
( uint64_t ) num_modules ) ;
for ( uint32_t image_idx = 0 ; image_idx < num_modules ; + + image_idx ) {
2017-10-06 07:41:28 +08:00
if ( m_interpreter . WasInterrupted ( ) )
break ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( DumpModuleSymbolVendor (
result . GetOutputStream ( ) ,
target_modules . GetModulePointerAtIndexUnlocked ( image_idx ) ) )
num_dumped + + ;
}
} else {
result . AppendError ( " the target has no associated executable images " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
// Dump specified images (by basename or fullpath)
const char * arg_cstr ;
for ( int arg_idx = 0 ;
( arg_cstr = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( arg_idx ) ) ! = nullptr ;
+ + arg_idx ) {
ModuleList module_list ;
const size_t num_matches =
FindModulesByName ( target , arg_cstr , module_list , true ) ;
if ( num_matches > 0 ) {
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < num_matches ; + + i ) {
2017-10-06 07:41:28 +08:00
if ( m_interpreter . WasInterrupted ( ) )
break ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
Module * module = module_list . GetModulePointerAtIndex ( i ) ;
if ( module ) {
if ( DumpModuleSymbolVendor ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , module ) )
num_dumped + + ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else
result . AppendWarningWithFormat (
" Unable to find an image that matches '%s'. \n " , arg_cstr ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
if ( num_dumped > 0 )
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
else {
result . AppendError ( " no matching executable images found " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpLineTable
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Image debug line table dumping command
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpLineTable
: public CommandObjectTargetModulesSourceFileAutoComplete {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpLineTable ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectTargetModulesSourceFileAutoComplete (
interpreter , " target modules dump line-table " ,
" Dump the line table for one or more compilation units. " , nullptr ,
eCommandRequiresTarget ) { }
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpLineTable ( ) override = default ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2019-01-17 21:11:04 +08:00
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_options ; }
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_exe_ctx . GetTargetPtr ( ) ;
uint32_t total_num_dumped = 0 ;
uint32_t addr_byte_size = target - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetAddressByteSize ( ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
result . GetErrorStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
if ( command . GetArgumentCount ( ) = = 0 ) {
result . AppendError ( " file option must be specified. " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
} else {
// Dump specified images (by basename or fullpath)
const char * arg_cstr ;
for ( int arg_idx = 0 ;
( arg_cstr = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( arg_idx ) ) ! = nullptr ;
+ + arg_idx ) {
2018-11-02 05:05:36 +08:00
FileSpec file_spec ( arg_cstr ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const ModuleList & target_modules = target - > GetImages ( ) ;
std : : lock_guard < std : : recursive_mutex > guard ( target_modules . GetMutex ( ) ) ;
const size_t num_modules = target_modules . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( num_modules > 0 ) {
uint32_t num_dumped = 0 ;
for ( uint32_t i = 0 ; i < num_modules ; + + i ) {
2017-10-06 07:41:28 +08:00
if ( m_interpreter . WasInterrupted ( ) )
break ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( DumpCompileUnitLineTable (
m_interpreter , result . GetOutputStream ( ) ,
target_modules . GetModulePointerAtIndexUnlocked ( i ) ,
2019-01-17 21:11:04 +08:00
file_spec ,
m_options . m_verbose ? eDescriptionLevelFull
: eDescriptionLevelBrief ) )
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
num_dumped + + ;
}
if ( num_dumped = = 0 )
result . AppendWarningWithFormat (
" No source filenames matched '%s'. \n " , arg_cstr ) ;
else
total_num_dumped + = num_dumped ;
Expanded the flags that can be set for a command object in lldb_private::CommandObject. This list of available flags are:
enum
{
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresTarget
//
// Ensures a valid target is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidTargetDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidTargetDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresTarget = (1u << 0),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresProcess
//
// Ensures a valid process is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a process doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidProcessDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidProcessDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresProcess = (1u << 1),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresThread
//
// Ensures a valid thread is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a thread doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidThreadDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidThreadDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresThread = (1u << 2),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresFrame
//
// Ensures a valid frame is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a frame doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidFrameDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidFrameDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresFrame = (1u << 3),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresRegContext
//
// Ensures a valid register context (from the selected frame if there
// is a frame in m_exe_ctx, or from the selected thread from m_exe_ctx)
// is availble from m_exe_ctx prior to executing the command. If a
// target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command will fail and
// CommandObject::GetInvalidRegContextDescription() will be returned as
// the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the virtual function
// for GetInvalidRegContextDescription() to provide custom strings when
// needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresRegContext = (1u << 4),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagTryTargetAPILock
//
// Attempts to acquire the target lock if a target is selected in the
// command interpreter. If the command object fails to acquire the API
// lock, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagTryTargetAPILock = (1u << 5),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched
//
// Verifies that there is a launched process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched = (1u << 6),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBePaused
//
// Verifies that there is a paused process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBePaused = (1u << 7)
};
Now each command object contains a "ExecutionContext m_exe_ctx;" member variable that gets initialized prior to running the command. The validity of the target objects in m_exe_ctx are checked to ensure that any target/process/thread/frame/reg context that are required are valid prior to executing the command. Each command object also contains a Mutex::Locker m_api_locker which gets used if eFlagTryTargetAPILock is set. This centralizes a lot of checking code that was previously and inconsistently implemented across many commands.
llvm-svn: 171990
2013-01-10 03:44:40 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( total_num_dumped > 0 )
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
else {
result . AppendError ( " no source filenames matched any command arguments " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2019-01-17 21:11:04 +08:00
class CommandOptions : public Options {
public :
CommandOptions ( ) : Options ( ) { OptionParsingStarting ( nullptr ) ; }
Status SetOptionValue ( uint32_t option_idx , llvm : : StringRef option_arg ,
ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
assert ( option_idx = = 0 & & " We only have one option. " ) ;
m_verbose = true ;
return Status ( ) ;
}
void OptionParsingStarting ( ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
m_verbose = false ;
}
llvm : : ArrayRef < OptionDefinition > GetDefinitions ( ) override {
static constexpr OptionDefinition g_options [ ] = {
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL ,
false ,
" verbose " ,
' v ' ,
OptionParser : : eNoArgument ,
nullptr ,
{ } ,
0 ,
eArgTypeNone ,
" Enable verbose dump. " } ,
} ;
return llvm : : makeArrayRef ( g_options ) ;
}
bool m_verbose ;
} ;
CommandOptions m_options ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesDump
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Dump multi-word command for target modules
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesDump : public CommandObjectMultiword {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
//------------------------------------------------------------------
// Constructors and Destructors
//------------------------------------------------------------------
CommandObjectTargetModulesDump ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
2018-11-06 01:40:28 +08:00
: CommandObjectMultiword (
interpreter , " target modules dump " ,
" Commands for dumping information about one or "
" more target modules. " ,
" target modules dump "
" [headers|symtab|sections|ast|symfile|line-table] "
" [<file1> <file2> ...] " ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
LoadSubCommand ( " objfile " ,
CommandObjectSP (
new CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpObjfile ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand (
" symtab " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSymtab ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " sections " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSections (
interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " symfile " ,
CommandObjectSP (
new CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpSymfile ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
2018-11-06 01:40:28 +08:00
LoadSubCommand (
" ast " , CommandObjectSP (
new CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpClangAST ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
LoadSubCommand ( " line-table " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesDumpLineTable (
interpreter ) ) ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesDump ( ) override = default ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesAdd : public CommandObjectParsed {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesAdd ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , " target modules add " ,
" Add a new module to the current target's modules. " ,
" target modules add [<module>] " ) ,
2016-08-12 07:51:28 +08:00
m_option_group ( ) ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_symbol_file ( LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " symfile " , ' s ' , 0 ,
eArgTypeFilename , " Fullpath to a stand alone debug "
" symbols file for when debug symbols "
" are not in the executable. " ) {
m_option_group . Append ( & m_uuid_option_group , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL ,
LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_symbol_file , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Finalize ( ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesAdd ( ) override = default ;
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_option_group ; }
Refactoring for for the internal command line completion API (NFC)
Summary:
This patch refactors the internal completion API. It now takes (as far as possible) a single
CompletionRequest object instead o half a dozen in/out/in-out parameters. The CompletionRequest
contains a common superset of the different parameters as far as it makes sense. This includes
the raw command line string and raw cursor position, which should make the `expr` command
possible to implement (at least without hacks that reconstruct the command line from the args).
This patch is not intended to change the observable behavior of lldb in any way. It's also as
minimal as possible and doesn't attempt to fix all the problems the API has.
Some Q&A:
Q: Why is this not fixing all the problems in the completion API?
A: Because is a blocker for the expr command completion which I want to get in ASAP. This is the
smallest patch that unblocks the expr completion patch and which allows trivial refactoring in the future.
The patch also doesn't really change the internal information flow in the API, so that hopefully
saves us from ever having to revert and resubmit this humongous patch.
Q: Can we merge all the copy-pasted code in the completion methods
(like computing the current incomplete arg) into CompletionRequest class?
A: Yes, but it's out of scope for this patch.
Q: Why the `word_complete = request.GetWordComplete(); ... ` pattern?
A: I don't want to add a getter that returns a reference to the internal integer. So we have
to use a temporary variable and the Getter/Setter instead. We don't throw exceptions
from what I can tell, so the behavior doesn't change.
Q: Why are we not owning the list of matches?
A: Because that's how the previous API works. But that should be fixed too (in another patch).
Q: Can we make the constructor simpler and compute some of the values from the plain command?
A: I think this works, but I rather want to have this in a follow up commit. Especially when making nested
request it's a bit awkward that the parsed arguments behave as both input/output (as we should in theory
propagate the changes on the nested request back to the parent request if we don't want to change the
behavior too much).
Q: Can't we pass one const request object and then just return another result object instead of mixing
them together in one in/out parameter?
A: It's hard to get keep the same behavior with that pattern, but I think we can also get a nice API with just
a single request object. If we make all input parameters read-only, we have a clear separation between what
is actually an input and what an output parameter (and hopefully we get rid of the in-out parameters).
Q: Can we throw out the 'match' variables that are not implemented according to the comment?
A: We currently just forward them as in the old code to the different methods, even though I think
they are really not used. We can easily remove and readd them once every single completion method just
takes a CompletionRequest, but for now I prefer NFC behavior from the perspective of the API user.
Reviewers: davide, jingham, labath
Reviewed By: jingham
Subscribers: mgorny, friss, lldb-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D48796
llvm-svn: 336146
2018-07-03 05:29:56 +08:00
int HandleArgumentCompletion (
CompletionRequest & request ,
OptionElementVector & opt_element_vector ) override {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandCompletions : : InvokeCommonCompletionCallbacks (
GetCommandInterpreter ( ) , CommandCompletions : : eDiskFileCompletion ,
2018-07-14 02:28:14 +08:00
request , nullptr ) ;
2018-07-28 02:42:46 +08:00
return request . GetNumberOfMatches ( ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
OptionGroupOptions m_option_group ;
OptionGroupUUID m_uuid_option_group ;
OptionGroupFile m_symbol_file ;
bool DoExecute ( Args & args , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target = = nullptr ) {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target, create a debug target using the "
" 'target create' command " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
} else {
bool flush = false ;
const size_t argc = args . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
if ( argc = = 0 ) {
if ( m_uuid_option_group . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) ) {
// We are given a UUID only, go locate the file
ModuleSpec module_spec ;
module_spec . GetUUID ( ) =
m_uuid_option_group . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
if ( m_symbol_file . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) )
module_spec . GetSymbolFileSpec ( ) =
m_symbol_file . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
if ( Symbols : : DownloadObjectAndSymbolFile ( module_spec ) ) {
ModuleSP module_sp ( target - > GetSharedModule ( module_spec ) ) ;
if ( module_sp ) {
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return true ;
} else {
StreamString strm ;
module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . Dump ( & strm ) ;
if ( module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) ) {
if ( module_spec . GetSymbolFileSpec ( ) ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" Unable to create the executable or symbol file with "
" UUID %s with path %s and symbol file %s " ,
2016-11-17 05:15:24 +08:00
strm . GetData ( ) ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) . GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ,
module_spec . GetSymbolFileSpec ( ) . GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" Unable to create the executable or symbol file with "
" UUID %s with path %s " ,
2016-11-17 05:15:24 +08:00
strm . GetData ( ) ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) . GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
}
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " Unable to create the executable "
" or symbol file with UUID %s " ,
2016-11-17 05:15:24 +08:00
strm . GetData ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
} else {
StreamString strm ;
module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . Dump ( & strm ) ;
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" Unable to locate the executable or symbol file with UUID %s " ,
2016-11-17 05:15:24 +08:00
strm . GetData ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
return false ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
} else {
result . AppendError (
" one or more executable image paths must be specified " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
for ( auto & entry : args . entries ( ) ) {
if ( entry . ref . empty ( ) )
continue ;
2018-11-02 05:05:36 +08:00
FileSpec file_spec ( entry . ref ) ;
2018-11-02 01:09:25 +08:00
if ( FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Exists ( file_spec ) ) {
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
ModuleSpec module_spec ( file_spec ) ;
if ( m_uuid_option_group . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) )
module_spec . GetUUID ( ) =
m_uuid_option_group . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
if ( m_symbol_file . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) )
module_spec . GetSymbolFileSpec ( ) =
m_symbol_file . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
if ( ! module_spec . GetArchitecture ( ) . IsValid ( ) )
module_spec . GetArchitecture ( ) = target - > GetArchitecture ( ) ;
2017-05-12 12:51:55 +08:00
Status error ;
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
ModuleSP module_sp ( target - > GetSharedModule ( module_spec , & error ) ) ;
if ( ! module_sp ) {
const char * error_cstr = error . AsCString ( ) ;
if ( error_cstr )
result . AppendError ( error_cstr ) ;
else
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " unsupported module: %s " ,
entry . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
return false ;
} else {
flush = true ;
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
} else {
std : : string resolved_path = file_spec . GetPath ( ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
if ( resolved_path ! = entry . ref ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" invalid module path '%s' with resolved path '%s' \n " ,
entry . ref . str ( ) . c_str ( ) , resolved_path . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " invalid module path '%s' \n " ,
entry . c_str ( ) ) ;
break ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( flush ) {
ProcessSP process = target - > GetProcessSP ( ) ;
if ( process )
process - > Flush ( ) ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesLoad
: public CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesLoad ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectTargetModulesModuleAutoComplete (
interpreter , " target modules load " , " Set the load addresses for "
" one or more sections in a "
" target module. " ,
" target modules load [--file <module> --uuid <uuid>] <sect-name> "
" <address> [<sect-name> <address> ....] " ) ,
2016-08-12 07:51:28 +08:00
m_option_group ( ) ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_file_option ( LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " file " , ' f ' , 0 , eArgTypeName ,
" Fullpath or basename for module to load. " , " " ) ,
2017-01-20 01:32:50 +08:00
m_load_option ( LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " load " , ' l ' ,
2017-01-25 07:07:27 +08:00
" Write file contents to the memory. " , false , true ) ,
2017-11-23 01:07:43 +08:00
m_pc_option ( LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " set-pc-to-entry " , ' p ' ,
2017-01-25 07:07:27 +08:00
" Set PC to the entry point. "
" Only applicable with '--load' option. " ,
false , true ) ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_slide_option ( LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " slide " , ' s ' , 0 , eArgTypeOffset ,
" Set the load address for all sections to be the "
" virtual address in the file plus the offset. " ,
0 ) {
m_option_group . Append ( & m_uuid_option_group , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL ,
LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_file_option , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
2017-01-20 01:32:50 +08:00
m_option_group . Append ( & m_load_option , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
2017-01-25 07:07:27 +08:00
m_option_group . Append ( & m_pc_option , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_option_group . Append ( & m_slide_option , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Finalize ( ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesLoad ( ) override = default ;
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_option_group ; }
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & args , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
2017-01-20 01:32:50 +08:00
const bool load = m_load_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
2017-01-25 07:07:27 +08:00
const bool set_pc = m_pc_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( target = = nullptr ) {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target, create a debug target using the "
" 'target create' command " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
} else {
const size_t argc = args . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
ModuleSpec module_spec ;
bool search_using_module_spec = false ;
2017-01-20 01:32:50 +08:00
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// Allow "load" option to work without --file or --uuid option.
2017-01-20 01:32:50 +08:00
if ( load ) {
if ( ! m_file_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) & &
! m_uuid_option_group . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) ) {
ModuleList & module_list = target - > GetImages ( ) ;
if ( module_list . GetSize ( ) = = 1 ) {
search_using_module_spec = true ;
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) =
module_list . GetModuleAtIndex ( 0 ) - > GetFileSpec ( ) ;
}
}
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_file_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) ) {
search_using_module_spec = true ;
const char * arg_cstr = m_file_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
const bool use_global_module_list = true ;
ModuleList module_list ;
const size_t num_matches = FindModulesByName (
target , arg_cstr , module_list , use_global_module_list ) ;
if ( num_matches = = 1 ) {
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) =
module_list . GetModuleAtIndex ( 0 ) - > GetFileSpec ( ) ;
} else if ( num_matches > 1 ) {
search_using_module_spec = false ;
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" more than 1 module matched by name '%s' \n " , arg_cstr ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
} else {
search_using_module_spec = false ;
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " no object file for module '%s' \n " ,
arg_cstr ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
if ( m_uuid_option_group . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) ) {
search_using_module_spec = true ;
module_spec . GetUUID ( ) =
m_uuid_option_group . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
}
if ( search_using_module_spec ) {
ModuleList matching_modules ;
const size_t num_matches =
target - > GetImages ( ) . FindModules ( module_spec , matching_modules ) ;
char path [ PATH_MAX ] ;
if ( num_matches = = 1 ) {
Module * module = matching_modules . GetModulePointerAtIndex ( 0 ) ;
if ( module ) {
ObjectFile * objfile = module - > GetObjectFile ( ) ;
if ( objfile ) {
SectionList * section_list = module - > GetSectionList ( ) ;
if ( section_list ) {
bool changed = false ;
if ( argc = = 0 ) {
if ( m_slide_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) ) {
const addr_t slide =
m_slide_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
const bool slide_is_offset = true ;
module - > SetLoadAddress ( * target , slide , slide_is_offset ,
changed ) ;
} else {
result . AppendError ( " one or more section name + load "
" address pair must be specified " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
} else {
if ( m_slide_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) ) {
result . AppendError ( " The \" --slide <offset> \" option can't "
" be used in conjunction with setting "
" section load addresses. \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < argc ; i + = 2 ) {
const char * sect_name = args . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i ) ;
const char * load_addr_cstr = args . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i + 1 ) ;
if ( sect_name & & load_addr_cstr ) {
ConstString const_sect_name ( sect_name ) ;
bool success = false ;
addr_t load_addr = StringConvert : : ToUInt64 (
load_addr_cstr , LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS , 0 , & success ) ;
if ( success ) {
SectionSP section_sp (
section_list - > FindSectionByName ( const_sect_name ) ) ;
if ( section_sp ) {
if ( section_sp - > IsThreadSpecific ( ) ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" thread specific sections are not yet "
" supported (section '%s') \n " ,
sect_name ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
break ;
} else {
if ( target - > GetSectionLoadList ( )
. SetSectionLoadAddress ( section_sp ,
load_addr ) )
changed = true ;
result . AppendMessageWithFormat (
" section '%s' loaded at 0x% " PRIx64 " \n " ,
sect_name , load_addr ) ;
}
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " no section found that "
" matches the section "
" name '%s' \n " ,
sect_name ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
break ;
2012-10-13 01:34:26 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" invalid load address string '%s' \n " ,
load_addr_cstr ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
break ;
}
} else {
if ( sect_name )
result . AppendError ( " section names must be followed by "
" a load address. \n " ) ;
else
result . AppendError ( " one or more section name + load "
" address pair must be specified. \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
break ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( changed ) {
target - > ModulesDidLoad ( matching_modules ) ;
Process * process = m_exe_ctx . GetProcessPtr ( ) ;
if ( process )
process - > Flush ( ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2017-01-20 01:32:50 +08:00
if ( load ) {
Re-land: [lldb] Use vFlash commands when writing to target's flash memory regions
The difference between this and the previous patch is that now we use
ELF physical addresses only for loading objects into the target (and the
rest of the module load address logic still uses virtual addresses).
Summary:
When writing an object file over gdb-remote, use the vFlashErase, vFlashWrite, and vFlashDone commands if the write address is in a flash memory region. A bare metal target may have this kind of setup.
- Update ObjectFileELF to set load addresses using physical addresses. A typical case may be a data section with a physical address in ROM and a virtual address in RAM, which should be loaded to the ROM address.
- Add support for querying the target's qXfer:memory-map, which contains information about flash memory regions, leveraging MemoryRegionInfo data structures with minor modifications
- Update ProcessGDBRemote to use vFlash commands in DoWriteMemory when the target address is in a flash region
Original discussion at http://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/lldb-dev/2018-January/013093.html
Reviewers: clayborg, labath
Reviewed By: labath
Subscribers: llvm-commits, arichardson, emaste, mgorny, lldb-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D42145
Patch by Owen Shaw <llvm@owenpshaw.net>.
llvm-svn: 327970
2018-03-20 19:56:24 +08:00
ProcessSP process = target - > CalculateProcess ( ) ;
Address file_entry = objfile - > GetEntryPointAddress ( ) ;
if ( ! process ) {
result . AppendError ( " No process " ) ;
return false ;
}
if ( set_pc & & ! file_entry . IsValid ( ) ) {
result . AppendError ( " No entry address in object file " ) ;
return false ;
}
std : : vector < ObjectFile : : LoadableData > loadables (
objfile - > GetLoadableData ( * target ) ) ;
if ( loadables . size ( ) = = 0 ) {
result . AppendError ( " No loadable sections " ) ;
return false ;
}
Status error = process - > WriteObjectFile ( std : : move ( loadables ) ) ;
2017-01-20 01:32:50 +08:00
if ( error . Fail ( ) ) {
result . AppendError ( error . AsCString ( ) ) ;
return false ;
}
Re-land: [lldb] Use vFlash commands when writing to target's flash memory regions
The difference between this and the previous patch is that now we use
ELF physical addresses only for loading objects into the target (and the
rest of the module load address logic still uses virtual addresses).
Summary:
When writing an object file over gdb-remote, use the vFlashErase, vFlashWrite, and vFlashDone commands if the write address is in a flash memory region. A bare metal target may have this kind of setup.
- Update ObjectFileELF to set load addresses using physical addresses. A typical case may be a data section with a physical address in ROM and a virtual address in RAM, which should be loaded to the ROM address.
- Add support for querying the target's qXfer:memory-map, which contains information about flash memory regions, leveraging MemoryRegionInfo data structures with minor modifications
- Update ProcessGDBRemote to use vFlash commands in DoWriteMemory when the target address is in a flash region
Original discussion at http://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/lldb-dev/2018-January/013093.html
Reviewers: clayborg, labath
Reviewed By: labath
Subscribers: llvm-commits, arichardson, emaste, mgorny, lldb-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D42145
Patch by Owen Shaw <llvm@owenpshaw.net>.
llvm-svn: 327970
2018-03-20 19:56:24 +08:00
if ( set_pc ) {
ThreadList & thread_list = process - > GetThreadList ( ) ;
RegisterContextSP reg_context (
2018-08-08 00:46:11 +08:00
thread_list . GetSelectedThread ( ) - > GetRegisterContext ( ) ) ;
addr_t file_entry_addr = file_entry . GetLoadAddress ( target ) ;
if ( ! reg_context - > SetPC ( file_entry_addr ) ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " failed to set PC value to "
" 0x% " PRIx64 " \n " ,
file_entry_addr ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
Re-land: [lldb] Use vFlash commands when writing to target's flash memory regions
The difference between this and the previous patch is that now we use
ELF physical addresses only for loading objects into the target (and the
rest of the module load address logic still uses virtual addresses).
Summary:
When writing an object file over gdb-remote, use the vFlashErase, vFlashWrite, and vFlashDone commands if the write address is in a flash memory region. A bare metal target may have this kind of setup.
- Update ObjectFileELF to set load addresses using physical addresses. A typical case may be a data section with a physical address in ROM and a virtual address in RAM, which should be loaded to the ROM address.
- Add support for querying the target's qXfer:memory-map, which contains information about flash memory regions, leveraging MemoryRegionInfo data structures with minor modifications
- Update ProcessGDBRemote to use vFlash commands in DoWriteMemory when the target address is in a flash region
Original discussion at http://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/lldb-dev/2018-January/013093.html
Reviewers: clayborg, labath
Reviewed By: labath
Subscribers: llvm-commits, arichardson, emaste, mgorny, lldb-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D42145
Patch by Owen Shaw <llvm@owenpshaw.net>.
llvm-svn: 327970
2018-03-20 19:56:24 +08:00
}
2017-01-20 01:32:50 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
module - > GetFileSpec ( ) . GetPath ( path , sizeof ( path ) ) ;
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" no sections in object file '%s' \n " , path ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
} else {
module - > GetFileSpec ( ) . GetPath ( path , sizeof ( path ) ) ;
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " no object file for module '%s' \n " ,
path ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
FileSpec * module_spec_file = module_spec . GetFileSpecPtr ( ) ;
if ( module_spec_file ) {
module_spec_file - > GetPath ( path , sizeof ( path ) ) ;
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " invalid module '%s'. \n " , path ) ;
} else
result . AppendError ( " no module spec " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
} else {
std : : string uuid_str ;
if ( module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) )
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) . GetPath ( path , sizeof ( path ) ) ;
else
path [ 0 ] = ' \0 ' ;
if ( module_spec . GetUUIDPtr ( ) )
uuid_str = module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . GetAsString ( ) ;
if ( num_matches > 1 ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" multiple modules match%s%s%s%s: \n " , path [ 0 ] ? " file= " : " " ,
path , ! uuid_str . empty ( ) ? " uuid= " : " " , uuid_str . c_str ( ) ) ;
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < num_matches ; + + i ) {
if ( matching_modules . GetModulePointerAtIndex ( i )
- > GetFileSpec ( )
. GetPath ( path , sizeof ( path ) ) )
result . AppendMessageWithFormat ( " %s \n " , path ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" no modules were found that match%s%s%s%s. \n " ,
path [ 0 ] ? " file= " : " " , path ,
! uuid_str . empty ( ) ? " uuid= " : " " , uuid_str . c_str ( ) ) ;
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendError ( " either the \" --file <module> \" or the \" --uuid "
" <uuid> \" option must be specified. \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
OptionGroupOptions m_option_group ;
OptionGroupUUID m_uuid_option_group ;
OptionGroupString m_file_option ;
2017-01-20 01:32:50 +08:00
OptionGroupBoolean m_load_option ;
2017-01-25 07:07:27 +08:00
OptionGroupBoolean m_pc_option ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
OptionGroupUInt64 m_slide_option ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// List images with associated information
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
static constexpr OptionDefinition g_target_modules_list_options [ ] = {
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
// clang-format off
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " address " , ' a ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeAddressOrExpression , " Display the image at this address. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " arch " , ' A ' , OptionParser : : eOptionalArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeWidth , " Display the architecture when listing images. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " triple " , ' t ' , OptionParser : : eOptionalArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeWidth , " Display the triple when listing images. " } ,
2018-12-11 23:21:15 +08:00
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " header " , ' h ' , OptionParser : : eNoArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeNone , " Display the image base address as a load address if debugging, a file address otherwise. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " offset " , ' o ' , OptionParser : : eNoArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeNone , " Display the image load address offset from the base file address (the slide amount). " } ,
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " uuid " , ' u ' , OptionParser : : eNoArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeNone , " Display the UUID when listing images. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " fullpath " , ' f ' , OptionParser : : eOptionalArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeWidth , " Display the fullpath to the image object file. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " directory " , ' d ' , OptionParser : : eOptionalArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeWidth , " Display the directory with optional width for the image object file. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " basename " , ' b ' , OptionParser : : eOptionalArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeWidth , " Display the basename with optional width for the image object file. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " symfile " , ' s ' , OptionParser : : eOptionalArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeWidth , " Display the fullpath to the image symbol file with optional width. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " symfile-unique " , ' S ' , OptionParser : : eOptionalArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeWidth , " Display the symbol file with optional width only if it is different from the executable object file. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " mod-time " , ' m ' , OptionParser : : eOptionalArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeWidth , " Display the modification time with optional width of the module. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " ref-count " , ' r ' , OptionParser : : eOptionalArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeWidth , " Display the reference count if the module is still in the shared module cache. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " pointer " , ' p ' , OptionParser : : eOptionalArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeNone , " Display the module pointer. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " global " , ' g ' , OptionParser : : eNoArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeNone , " Display the modules from the global module list, not just the current target. " }
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
// clang-format on
} ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesList : public CommandObjectParsed {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandOptions : public Options {
public :
CommandOptions ( )
: Options ( ) , m_format_array ( ) , m_use_global_module_list ( false ) ,
m_module_addr ( LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) { }
~ CommandOptions ( ) override = default ;
2017-05-12 12:51:55 +08:00
Status SetOptionValue ( uint32_t option_idx , llvm : : StringRef option_arg ,
ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
Status error ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const int short_option = m_getopt_table [ option_idx ] . val ;
if ( short_option = = ' g ' ) {
m_use_global_module_list = true ;
} else if ( short_option = = ' a ' ) {
2018-04-10 17:03:59 +08:00
m_module_addr = OptionArgParser : : ToAddress (
execution_context , option_arg , LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS , & error ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
unsigned long width = 0 ;
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
option_arg . getAsInteger ( 0 , width ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_format_array . push_back ( std : : make_pair ( short_option , width ) ) ;
}
return error ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
void OptionParsingStarting ( ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
m_format_array . clear ( ) ;
m_use_global_module_list = false ;
m_module_addr = LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
llvm : : ArrayRef < OptionDefinition > GetDefinitions ( ) override {
2016-09-23 05:06:13 +08:00
return llvm : : makeArrayRef ( g_target_modules_list_options ) ;
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
// Instance variables to hold the values for command options.
typedef std : : vector < std : : pair < char , uint32_t > > FormatWidthCollection ;
FormatWidthCollection m_format_array ;
bool m_use_global_module_list ;
lldb : : addr_t m_module_addr ;
} ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesList ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed (
interpreter , " target modules list " ,
" List current executable and dependent shared library images. " ,
" target modules list [<cmd-options>] " ) ,
m_options ( ) { }
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesList ( ) override = default ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_options ; }
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
const bool use_global_module_list = m_options . m_use_global_module_list ;
// Define a local module list here to ensure it lives longer than any
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// "locker" object which might lock its contents below (through the
// "module_list_ptr" variable).
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
ModuleList module_list ;
if ( target = = nullptr & & ! use_global_module_list ) {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target, create a debug target using the "
" 'target create' command " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
} else {
if ( target ) {
uint32_t addr_byte_size =
target - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetAddressByteSize ( ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
result . GetErrorStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
}
// Dump all sections for all modules images
Stream & strm = result . GetOutputStream ( ) ;
if ( m_options . m_module_addr ! = LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) {
if ( target ) {
Address module_address ;
if ( module_address . SetLoadAddress ( m_options . m_module_addr , target ) ) {
ModuleSP module_sp ( module_address . GetModule ( ) ) ;
if ( module_sp ) {
PrintModule ( target , module_sp . get ( ) , 0 , strm ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" Couldn't find module matching address: 0x% " PRIx64 " . " ,
m_options . m_module_addr ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2012-05-16 02:43:44 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" Couldn't find module containing address: 0x% " PRIx64 " . " ,
m_options . m_module_addr ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
} else {
result . AppendError (
" Can only look up modules by address with a valid target. " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
}
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
size_t num_modules = 0 ;
// This locker will be locked on the mutex in module_list_ptr if it is
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// non-nullptr. Otherwise it will lock the
// AllocationModuleCollectionMutex when accessing the global module list
// directly.
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
std : : unique_lock < std : : recursive_mutex > guard (
Module : : GetAllocationModuleCollectionMutex ( ) , std : : defer_lock ) ;
const ModuleList * module_list_ptr = nullptr ;
const size_t argc = command . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
if ( argc = = 0 ) {
if ( use_global_module_list ) {
guard . lock ( ) ;
num_modules = Module : : GetNumberAllocatedModules ( ) ;
} else {
module_list_ptr = & target - > GetImages ( ) ;
}
} else {
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
// TODO: Convert to entry based iteration. Requires converting
// FindModulesByName.
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < argc ; + + i ) {
// Dump specified images (by basename or fullpath)
const char * arg_cstr = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i ) ;
const size_t num_matches = FindModulesByName (
target , arg_cstr , module_list , use_global_module_list ) ;
if ( num_matches = = 0 ) {
if ( argc = = 1 ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " no modules found that match '%s' " ,
arg_cstr ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
2012-05-30 10:19:25 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
}
2011-08-09 08:01:09 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
module_list_ptr = & module_list ;
}
std : : unique_lock < std : : recursive_mutex > lock ;
if ( module_list_ptr ! = nullptr ) {
lock =
std : : unique_lock < std : : recursive_mutex > ( module_list_ptr - > GetMutex ( ) ) ;
num_modules = module_list_ptr - > GetSize ( ) ;
}
if ( num_modules > 0 ) {
for ( uint32_t image_idx = 0 ; image_idx < num_modules ; + + image_idx ) {
ModuleSP module_sp ;
Module * module ;
if ( module_list_ptr ) {
module_sp = module_list_ptr - > GetModuleAtIndexUnlocked ( image_idx ) ;
module = module_sp . get ( ) ;
} else {
module = Module : : GetAllocatedModuleAtIndex ( image_idx ) ;
module_sp = module - > shared_from_this ( ) ;
}
const size_t indent = strm . Printf ( " [%3u] " , image_idx ) ;
PrintModule ( target , module , indent , strm ) ;
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
} else {
if ( argc ) {
if ( use_global_module_list )
result . AppendError (
" the global module list has no matching modules " ) ;
else
result . AppendError ( " the target has no matching modules " ) ;
} else {
if ( use_global_module_list )
result . AppendError ( " the global module list is empty " ) ;
else
result . AppendError (
" the target has no associated executable images " ) ;
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
}
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
void PrintModule ( Target * target , Module * module , int indent , Stream & strm ) {
if ( module = = nullptr ) {
strm . PutCString ( " Null module " ) ;
return ;
}
2011-08-10 10:10:13 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool dump_object_name = false ;
if ( m_options . m_format_array . empty ( ) ) {
m_options . m_format_array . push_back ( std : : make_pair ( ' u ' , 0 ) ) ;
m_options . m_format_array . push_back ( std : : make_pair ( ' h ' , 0 ) ) ;
m_options . m_format_array . push_back ( std : : make_pair ( ' f ' , 0 ) ) ;
m_options . m_format_array . push_back ( std : : make_pair ( ' S ' , 0 ) ) ;
}
const size_t num_entries = m_options . m_format_array . size ( ) ;
bool print_space = false ;
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < num_entries ; + + i ) {
if ( print_space )
strm . PutChar ( ' ' ) ;
print_space = true ;
const char format_char = m_options . m_format_array [ i ] . first ;
uint32_t width = m_options . m_format_array [ i ] . second ;
switch ( format_char ) {
case ' A ' :
DumpModuleArchitecture ( strm , module , false , width ) ;
break ;
case ' t ' :
DumpModuleArchitecture ( strm , module , true , width ) ;
break ;
case ' f ' :
DumpFullpath ( strm , & module - > GetFileSpec ( ) , width ) ;
dump_object_name = true ;
break ;
case ' d ' :
DumpDirectory ( strm , & module - > GetFileSpec ( ) , width ) ;
break ;
case ' b ' :
DumpBasename ( strm , & module - > GetFileSpec ( ) , width ) ;
dump_object_name = true ;
break ;
case ' h ' :
case ' o ' :
// Image header address
{
uint32_t addr_nibble_width =
target ? ( target - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetAddressByteSize ( ) * 2 )
: 16 ;
ObjectFile * objfile = module - > GetObjectFile ( ) ;
if ( objfile ) {
2018-12-11 23:21:15 +08:00
Address base_addr ( objfile - > GetBaseAddress ( ) ) ;
if ( base_addr . IsValid ( ) ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( target & & ! target - > GetSectionLoadList ( ) . IsEmpty ( ) ) {
2018-12-11 23:21:15 +08:00
lldb : : addr_t load_addr =
base_addr . GetLoadAddress ( target ) ;
if ( load_addr = = LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) {
base_addr . Dump ( & strm , target ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
Address : : DumpStyleModuleWithFileAddress ,
Address : : DumpStyleFileAddress ) ;
} else {
if ( format_char = = ' o ' ) {
// Show the offset of slide for the image
strm . Printf (
" 0x%*.* " PRIx64 , addr_nibble_width , addr_nibble_width ,
2018-12-11 23:21:15 +08:00
load_addr - base_addr . GetFileAddress ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
// Show the load address of the image
strm . Printf ( " 0x%*.* " PRIx64 , addr_nibble_width ,
2018-12-11 23:21:15 +08:00
addr_nibble_width , load_addr ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
}
// The address was valid, but the image isn't loaded, output the
// address in an appropriate format
2018-12-11 23:21:15 +08:00
base_addr . Dump ( & strm , target , Address : : DumpStyleFileAddress ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
strm . Printf ( " %*s " , addr_nibble_width + 2 , " " ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
case ' r ' : {
size_t ref_count = 0 ;
ModuleSP module_sp ( module - > shared_from_this ( ) ) ;
if ( module_sp ) {
// Take one away to make sure we don't count our local "module_sp"
ref_count = module_sp . use_count ( ) - 1 ;
2012-10-13 01:34:26 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( width )
strm . Printf ( " {%* " PRIu64 " } " , width , ( uint64_t ) ref_count ) ;
else
strm . Printf ( " {% " PRIu64 " } " , ( uint64_t ) ref_count ) ;
} break ;
case ' s ' :
case ' S ' : {
const SymbolVendor * symbol_vendor = module - > GetSymbolVendor ( ) ;
if ( symbol_vendor ) {
const FileSpec symfile_spec = symbol_vendor - > GetMainFileSpec ( ) ;
if ( format_char = = ' S ' ) {
// Dump symbol file only if different from module file
if ( ! symfile_spec | | symfile_spec = = module - > GetFileSpec ( ) ) {
print_space = false ;
break ;
}
// Add a newline and indent past the index
strm . Printf ( " \n %*s " , indent , " " ) ;
}
DumpFullpath ( strm , & symfile_spec , width ) ;
dump_object_name = true ;
break ;
2012-02-05 10:38:54 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
strm . Printf ( " %.*s " , width , " <NONE> " ) ;
} break ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
case ' m ' :
2017-11-28 01:06:42 +08:00
strm . Format ( " {0:%c} " , llvm : : fmt_align ( module - > GetModificationTime ( ) ,
llvm : : AlignStyle : : Left , width ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
2012-02-05 10:38:54 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
case ' p ' :
strm . Printf ( " %p " , static_cast < void * > ( module ) ) ;
break ;
2012-02-05 10:38:54 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
case ' u ' :
DumpModuleUUID ( strm , module ) ;
break ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
default :
break ;
}
2011-10-25 02:36:33 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( dump_object_name ) {
const char * object_name = module - > GetObjectName ( ) . GetCString ( ) ;
if ( object_name )
strm . Printf ( " (%s) " , object_name ) ;
}
strm . EOL ( ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandOptions m_options ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModulesShowUnwind
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Lookup unwind information in images
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
static constexpr OptionDefinition g_target_modules_show_unwind_options [ ] = {
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
// clang-format off
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " name " , ' n ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeFunctionName , " Show unwind instructions for a function or symbol name. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_2 , false , " address " , ' a ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeAddressOrExpression , " Show unwind instructions for a function or symbol containing an address " }
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
// clang-format on
} ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesShowUnwind : public CommandObjectParsed {
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
enum {
eLookupTypeInvalid = - 1 ,
eLookupTypeAddress = 0 ,
eLookupTypeSymbol ,
eLookupTypeFunction ,
eLookupTypeFunctionOrSymbol ,
kNumLookupTypes
} ;
class CommandOptions : public Options {
public :
CommandOptions ( )
: Options ( ) , m_type ( eLookupTypeInvalid ) , m_str ( ) ,
m_addr ( LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) { }
~ CommandOptions ( ) override = default ;
2017-05-12 12:51:55 +08:00
Status SetOptionValue ( uint32_t option_idx , llvm : : StringRef option_arg ,
ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
Status error ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const int short_option = m_getopt_table [ option_idx ] . val ;
switch ( short_option ) {
case ' a ' : {
m_str = option_arg ;
m_type = eLookupTypeAddress ;
2018-04-10 17:03:59 +08:00
m_addr = OptionArgParser : : ToAddress ( execution_context , option_arg ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS , & error ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_addr = = LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS )
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat ( " invalid address string '%s' " ,
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
option_arg . str ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
}
case ' n ' :
m_str = option_arg ;
m_type = eLookupTypeFunctionOrSymbol ;
break ;
default :
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat ( " unrecognized option %c. " , short_option ) ;
break ;
}
return error ;
}
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
void OptionParsingStarting ( ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
m_type = eLookupTypeInvalid ;
m_str . clear ( ) ;
m_addr = LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ;
}
2013-08-23 04:42:30 +08:00
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
llvm : : ArrayRef < OptionDefinition > GetDefinitions ( ) override {
2016-09-23 05:06:13 +08:00
return llvm : : makeArrayRef ( g_target_modules_show_unwind_options ) ;
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
}
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
// Instance variables to hold the values for command options.
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
int m_type ; // Should be a eLookupTypeXXX enum after parsing options
std : : string m_str ; // Holds name lookup
lldb : : addr_t m_addr ; // Holds the address to lookup
} ;
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesShowUnwind ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed (
interpreter , " target modules show-unwind " ,
" Show synthesized unwind instructions for a function. " , nullptr ,
eCommandRequiresTarget | eCommandRequiresProcess |
eCommandProcessMustBeLaunched | eCommandProcessMustBePaused ) ,
m_options ( ) { }
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesShowUnwind ( ) override = default ;
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_options ; }
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
protected :
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_exe_ctx . GetTargetPtr ( ) ;
Process * process = m_exe_ctx . GetProcessPtr ( ) ;
ABI * abi = nullptr ;
if ( process )
abi = process - > GetABI ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( process = = nullptr ) {
result . AppendError (
" You must have a process running to use this command. " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
ThreadList threads ( process - > GetThreadList ( ) ) ;
if ( threads . GetSize ( ) = = 0 ) {
result . AppendError ( " The process must be paused to use this command. " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
ThreadSP thread ( threads . GetThreadAtIndex ( 0 ) ) ;
if ( ! thread ) {
result . AppendError ( " The process must be paused to use this command. " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
SymbolContextList sc_list ;
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_options . m_type = = eLookupTypeFunctionOrSymbol ) {
ConstString function_name ( m_options . m_str . c_str ( ) ) ;
target - > GetImages ( ) . FindFunctions ( function_name , eFunctionNameTypeAuto ,
true , false , true , sc_list ) ;
} else if ( m_options . m_type = = eLookupTypeAddress & & target ) {
Address addr ;
if ( target - > GetSectionLoadList ( ) . ResolveLoadAddress ( m_options . m_addr ,
addr ) ) {
SymbolContext sc ;
ModuleSP module_sp ( addr . GetModule ( ) ) ;
module_sp - > ResolveSymbolContextForAddress ( addr ,
eSymbolContextEverything , sc ) ;
if ( sc . function | | sc . symbol ) {
sc_list . Append ( sc ) ;
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
} else {
result . AppendError (
" address-expression or function name option must be specified. " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
size_t num_matches = sc_list . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( num_matches = = 0 ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " no unwind data found that matches '%s'. " ,
m_options . m_str . c_str ( ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
for ( uint32_t idx = 0 ; idx < num_matches ; idx + + ) {
SymbolContext sc ;
sc_list . GetContextAtIndex ( idx , sc ) ;
if ( sc . symbol = = nullptr & & sc . function = = nullptr )
continue ;
if ( ! sc . module_sp | | sc . module_sp - > GetObjectFile ( ) = = nullptr )
continue ;
AddressRange range ;
if ( ! sc . GetAddressRange ( eSymbolContextFunction | eSymbolContextSymbol , 0 ,
false , range ) )
continue ;
if ( ! range . GetBaseAddress ( ) . IsValid ( ) )
continue ;
ConstString funcname ( sc . GetFunctionName ( ) ) ;
if ( funcname . IsEmpty ( ) )
continue ;
addr_t start_addr = range . GetBaseAddress ( ) . GetLoadAddress ( target ) ;
if ( abi )
start_addr = abi - > FixCodeAddress ( start_addr ) ;
FuncUnwindersSP func_unwinders_sp (
2019-02-14 22:40:10 +08:00
sc . module_sp - > GetUnwindTable ( )
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
. GetUncachedFuncUnwindersContainingAddress ( start_addr , sc ) ) ;
if ( ! func_unwinders_sp )
continue ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf (
" UNWIND PLANS for %s`%s (start addr 0x% " PRIx64 " ) \n \n " ,
sc . module_sp - > GetPlatformFileSpec ( ) . GetFilename ( ) . AsCString ( ) ,
funcname . AsCString ( ) , start_addr ) ;
UnwindPlanSP non_callsite_unwind_plan =
func_unwinders_sp - > GetUnwindPlanAtNonCallSite ( * target , * thread , - 1 ) ;
if ( non_callsite_unwind_plan ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf (
" Asynchronous (not restricted to call-sites) UnwindPlan is '%s' \n " ,
non_callsite_unwind_plan - > GetSourceName ( ) . AsCString ( ) ) ;
}
UnwindPlanSP callsite_unwind_plan =
func_unwinders_sp - > GetUnwindPlanAtCallSite ( * target , - 1 ) ;
if ( callsite_unwind_plan ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf (
" Synchronous (restricted to call-sites) UnwindPlan is '%s' \n " ,
callsite_unwind_plan - > GetSourceName ( ) . AsCString ( ) ) ;
}
UnwindPlanSP fast_unwind_plan =
func_unwinders_sp - > GetUnwindPlanFastUnwind ( * target , * thread ) ;
if ( fast_unwind_plan ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf (
" Fast UnwindPlan is '%s' \n " ,
fast_unwind_plan - > GetSourceName ( ) . AsCString ( ) ) ;
}
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
UnwindPlanSP assembly_sp =
func_unwinders_sp - > GetAssemblyUnwindPlan ( * target , * thread , 0 ) ;
if ( assembly_sp ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf (
" Assembly language inspection UnwindPlan: \n " ) ;
assembly_sp - > Dump ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , thread . get ( ) ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
}
UnwindPlanSP ehframe_sp =
func_unwinders_sp - > GetEHFrameUnwindPlan ( * target , 0 ) ;
if ( ehframe_sp ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " eh_frame UnwindPlan: \n " ) ;
ehframe_sp - > Dump ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , thread . get ( ) ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
}
UnwindPlanSP ehframe_augmented_sp =
func_unwinders_sp - > GetEHFrameAugmentedUnwindPlan ( * target , * thread , 0 ) ;
if ( ehframe_augmented_sp ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " eh_frame augmented UnwindPlan: \n " ) ;
ehframe_augmented_sp - > Dump ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , thread . get ( ) ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) ;
Add debug_frame section support
Summary:
This is a beefed-up version of D33504, which adds support for dwarf 4
debug_frame section format.
The main difference here is that the decision whether to use eh_frame or
debug_frame is done on a per-function basis instead of per-object file.
This is necessary because one module can contain both sections (for
example, the start files added by the linker will typically pull in
eh_frame), but we want to be able to access both, for maximum
information.
I also add unit test for parsing various CFI formats (eh_frame,
debug_frame v3 and debug_frame v4).
Reviewers: jasonmolenda, clayborg
Subscribers: mgorny, aprantl, abidh, lldb-commits, tatyana-krasnukha
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D34613
llvm-svn: 306397
2017-06-27 19:16:26 +08:00
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
}
if ( UnwindPlanSP plan_sp =
func_unwinders_sp - > GetDebugFrameUnwindPlan ( * target , 0 ) ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " debug_frame UnwindPlan: \n " ) ;
plan_sp - > Dump ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , thread . get ( ) ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
}
if ( UnwindPlanSP plan_sp =
func_unwinders_sp - > GetDebugFrameAugmentedUnwindPlan ( * target ,
* thread , 0 ) ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " debug_frame augmented UnwindPlan: \n " ) ;
plan_sp - > Dump ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , thread . get ( ) ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
}
UnwindPlanSP arm_unwind_sp =
func_unwinders_sp - > GetArmUnwindUnwindPlan ( * target , 0 ) ;
if ( arm_unwind_sp ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " ARM.exidx unwind UnwindPlan: \n " ) ;
arm_unwind_sp - > Dump ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , thread . get ( ) ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
}
UnwindPlanSP compact_unwind_sp =
func_unwinders_sp - > GetCompactUnwindUnwindPlan ( * target , 0 ) ;
if ( compact_unwind_sp ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " Compact unwind UnwindPlan: \n " ) ;
compact_unwind_sp - > Dump ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , thread . get ( ) ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
}
if ( fast_unwind_plan ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " Fast UnwindPlan: \n " ) ;
fast_unwind_plan - > Dump ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , thread . get ( ) ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
}
ABISP abi_sp = process - > GetABI ( ) ;
if ( abi_sp ) {
UnwindPlan arch_default ( lldb : : eRegisterKindGeneric ) ;
if ( abi_sp - > CreateDefaultUnwindPlan ( arch_default ) ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " Arch default UnwindPlan: \n " ) ;
arch_default . Dump ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , thread . get ( ) ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
UnwindPlan arch_entry ( lldb : : eRegisterKindGeneric ) ;
if ( abi_sp - > CreateFunctionEntryUnwindPlan ( arch_entry ) ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf (
" Arch default at entry point UnwindPlan: \n " ) ;
arch_entry . Dump ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) , thread . get ( ) ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
2013-04-23 12:30:57 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2015-01-13 14:04:04 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . Printf ( " \n " ) ;
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandOptions m_options ;
2012-07-12 08:20:07 +08:00
} ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// Lookup information in images
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
static constexpr OptionDefinition g_target_modules_lookup_options [ ] = {
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
// clang-format off
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , true , " address " , ' a ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeAddressOrExpression , " Lookup an address in one or more target modules. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " offset " , ' o ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeOffset , " When looking up an address subtract <offset> from any addresses before doing the lookup. " } ,
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
/* FIXME: re-enable regex for types when the LookupTypeInModule actually uses the regex option: | LLDB_OPT_SET_6 */
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_2 | LLDB_OPT_SET_4 | LLDB_OPT_SET_5 , false , " regex " , ' r ' , OptionParser : : eNoArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeNone , " The <name> argument for name lookups are regular expressions. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_2 , true , " symbol " , ' s ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeSymbol , " Lookup a symbol by name in the symbol tables in one or more target modules. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_3 , true , " file " , ' f ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeFilename , " Lookup a file by fullpath or basename in one or more target modules. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_3 , false , " line " , ' l ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeLineNum , " Lookup a line number in a file (must be used in conjunction with --file). " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_FROM_TO ( 3 , 5 ) , false , " no-inlines " , ' i ' , OptionParser : : eNoArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeNone , " Ignore inline entries (must be used in conjunction with --file or --function). " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_4 , true , " function " , ' F ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeFunctionName , " Lookup a function by name in the debug symbols in one or more target modules. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_5 , true , " name " , ' n ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeFunctionOrSymbol , " Lookup a function or symbol by name in one or more target modules. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_6 , true , " type " , ' t ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeName , " Lookup a type by name in the debug symbols in one or more target modules. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , false , " verbose " , ' v ' , OptionParser : : eNoArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeNone , " Enable verbose lookup information. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , false , " all " , ' A ' , OptionParser : : eNoArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeNone , " Print all matches, not just the best match, if a best match is available. " } ,
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
// clang-format on
} ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesLookup : public CommandObjectParsed {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
enum {
eLookupTypeInvalid = - 1 ,
eLookupTypeAddress = 0 ,
eLookupTypeSymbol ,
eLookupTypeFileLine , // Line is optional
eLookupTypeFunction ,
eLookupTypeFunctionOrSymbol ,
eLookupTypeType ,
kNumLookupTypes
} ;
class CommandOptions : public Options {
public :
CommandOptions ( ) : Options ( ) { OptionParsingStarting ( nullptr ) ; }
~ CommandOptions ( ) override = default ;
2017-05-12 12:51:55 +08:00
Status SetOptionValue ( uint32_t option_idx , llvm : : StringRef option_arg ,
ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
Status error ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const int short_option = m_getopt_table [ option_idx ] . val ;
switch ( short_option ) {
case ' a ' : {
m_type = eLookupTypeAddress ;
2018-04-10 17:03:59 +08:00
m_addr = OptionArgParser : : ToAddress ( execution_context , option_arg ,
LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS , & error ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} break ;
case ' o ' :
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
if ( option_arg . getAsInteger ( 0 , m_offset ) )
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat ( " invalid offset string '%s' " ,
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
option_arg . str ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
case ' s ' :
m_str = option_arg ;
m_type = eLookupTypeSymbol ;
break ;
case ' f ' :
2018-11-02 05:05:36 +08:00
m_file . SetFile ( option_arg , FileSpec : : Style : : native ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_type = eLookupTypeFileLine ;
break ;
case ' i ' :
m_include_inlines = false ;
break ;
case ' l ' :
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
if ( option_arg . getAsInteger ( 0 , m_line_number ) )
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat ( " invalid line number string '%s' " ,
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
option_arg . str ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
else if ( m_line_number = = 0 )
error . SetErrorString ( " zero is an invalid line number " ) ;
m_type = eLookupTypeFileLine ;
break ;
case ' F ' :
m_str = option_arg ;
m_type = eLookupTypeFunction ;
break ;
case ' n ' :
m_str = option_arg ;
m_type = eLookupTypeFunctionOrSymbol ;
break ;
case ' t ' :
m_str = option_arg ;
m_type = eLookupTypeType ;
break ;
case ' v ' :
m_verbose = 1 ;
break ;
case ' A ' :
m_print_all = true ;
break ;
case ' r ' :
m_use_regex = true ;
break ;
}
return error ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
void OptionParsingStarting ( ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
m_type = eLookupTypeInvalid ;
m_str . clear ( ) ;
m_file . Clear ( ) ;
m_addr = LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ;
m_offset = 0 ;
m_line_number = 0 ;
m_use_regex = false ;
m_include_inlines = true ;
m_verbose = false ;
m_print_all = false ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
llvm : : ArrayRef < OptionDefinition > GetDefinitions ( ) override {
2016-09-23 05:06:13 +08:00
return llvm : : makeArrayRef ( g_target_modules_lookup_options ) ;
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
int m_type ; // Should be a eLookupTypeXXX enum after parsing options
std : : string m_str ; // Holds name lookup
FileSpec m_file ; // Files for file lookups
lldb : : addr_t m_addr ; // Holds the address to lookup
lldb : : addr_t
m_offset ; // Subtract this offset from m_addr before doing lookups.
uint32_t m_line_number ; // Line number for file+line lookups
bool m_use_regex ; // Name lookups in m_str are regular expressions.
bool m_include_inlines ; // Check for inline entries when looking up by
// file/line.
bool m_verbose ; // Enable verbose lookup info
bool m_print_all ; // Print all matches, even in cases where there's a best
// match.
} ;
CommandObjectTargetModulesLookup ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , " target modules lookup " ,
" Look up information within executable and "
" dependent shared library images. " ,
nullptr , eCommandRequiresTarget ) ,
m_options ( ) {
CommandArgumentEntry arg ;
CommandArgumentData file_arg ;
// Define the first (and only) variant of this arg.
file_arg . arg_type = eArgTypeFilename ;
file_arg . arg_repetition = eArgRepeatStar ;
// There is only one variant this argument could be; put it into the
// argument entry.
arg . push_back ( file_arg ) ;
// Push the data for the first argument into the m_arguments vector.
m_arguments . push_back ( arg ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesLookup ( ) override = default ;
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_options ; }
bool LookupHere ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter , CommandReturnObject & result ,
bool & syntax_error ) {
switch ( m_options . m_type ) {
case eLookupTypeAddress :
case eLookupTypeFileLine :
case eLookupTypeFunction :
case eLookupTypeFunctionOrSymbol :
case eLookupTypeSymbol :
default :
return false ;
case eLookupTypeType :
break ;
}
2012-05-16 02:43:44 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
StackFrameSP frame = m_exe_ctx . GetFrameSP ( ) ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( ! frame )
return false ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const SymbolContext & sym_ctx ( frame - > GetSymbolContext ( eSymbolContextModule ) ) ;
if ( ! sym_ctx . module_sp )
return false ;
switch ( m_options . m_type ) {
default :
return false ;
case eLookupTypeType :
if ( ! m_options . m_str . empty ( ) ) {
2019-01-15 06:41:21 +08:00
if ( LookupTypeHere ( m_interpreter , result . GetOutputStream ( ) ,
* sym_ctx . module_sp , m_options . m_str . c_str ( ) ,
m_options . m_use_regex ) ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return true ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
break ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return true ;
}
bool LookupInModule ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter , Module * module ,
CommandReturnObject & result , bool & syntax_error ) {
switch ( m_options . m_type ) {
case eLookupTypeAddress :
if ( m_options . m_addr ! = LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS ) {
if ( LookupAddressInModule (
m_interpreter , result . GetOutputStream ( ) , module ,
eSymbolContextEverything |
( m_options . m_verbose
? static_cast < int > ( eSymbolContextVariable )
: 0 ) ,
m_options . m_addr , m_options . m_offset , m_options . m_verbose ) ) {
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return true ;
}
}
break ;
case eLookupTypeSymbol :
if ( ! m_options . m_str . empty ( ) ) {
if ( LookupSymbolInModule ( m_interpreter , result . GetOutputStream ( ) ,
module , m_options . m_str . c_str ( ) ,
m_options . m_use_regex , m_options . m_verbose ) ) {
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return true ;
}
}
break ;
case eLookupTypeFileLine :
if ( m_options . m_file ) {
if ( LookupFileAndLineInModule (
m_interpreter , result . GetOutputStream ( ) , module ,
m_options . m_file , m_options . m_line_number ,
m_options . m_include_inlines , m_options . m_verbose ) ) {
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return true ;
}
}
break ;
case eLookupTypeFunctionOrSymbol :
case eLookupTypeFunction :
if ( ! m_options . m_str . empty ( ) ) {
if ( LookupFunctionInModule (
m_interpreter , result . GetOutputStream ( ) , module ,
m_options . m_str . c_str ( ) , m_options . m_use_regex ,
m_options . m_include_inlines ,
m_options . m_type = =
eLookupTypeFunctionOrSymbol , // include symbols
m_options . m_verbose ) ) {
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return true ;
}
}
break ;
case eLookupTypeType :
if ( ! m_options . m_str . empty ( ) ) {
if ( LookupTypeInModule ( m_interpreter , result . GetOutputStream ( ) , module ,
m_options . m_str . c_str ( ) ,
m_options . m_use_regex ) ) {
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return true ;
}
}
break ;
default :
m_options . GenerateOptionUsage (
result . GetErrorStream ( ) , this ,
GetCommandInterpreter ( ) . GetDebugger ( ) . GetTerminalWidth ( ) ) ;
syntax_error = true ;
break ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target = = nullptr ) {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target, create a debug target using the "
" 'target create' command " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
} else {
bool syntax_error = false ;
uint32_t i ;
uint32_t num_successful_lookups = 0 ;
uint32_t addr_byte_size = target - > GetArchitecture ( ) . GetAddressByteSize ( ) ;
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
result . GetErrorStream ( ) . SetAddressByteSize ( addr_byte_size ) ;
// Dump all sections for all modules images
if ( command . GetArgumentCount ( ) = = 0 ) {
ModuleSP current_module ;
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// Where it is possible to look in the current symbol context first,
// try that. If this search was successful and --all was not passed,
// don't print anything else.
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( LookupHere ( m_interpreter , result , syntax_error ) ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . EOL ( ) ;
num_successful_lookups + + ;
if ( ! m_options . m_print_all ) {
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
// Dump all sections for all other modules
const ModuleList & target_modules = target - > GetImages ( ) ;
std : : lock_guard < std : : recursive_mutex > guard ( target_modules . GetMutex ( ) ) ;
const size_t num_modules = target_modules . GetSize ( ) ;
if ( num_modules > 0 ) {
for ( i = 0 ; i < num_modules & & ! syntax_error ; + + i ) {
Module * module_pointer =
target_modules . GetModulePointerAtIndexUnlocked ( i ) ;
if ( module_pointer ! = current_module . get ( ) & &
LookupInModule (
m_interpreter ,
target_modules . GetModulePointerAtIndexUnlocked ( i ) , result ,
syntax_error ) ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . EOL ( ) ;
num_successful_lookups + + ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
} else {
result . AppendError ( " the target has no associated executable images " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
} else {
// Dump specified images (by basename or fullpath)
const char * arg_cstr ;
for ( i = 0 ; ( arg_cstr = command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i ) ) ! = nullptr & &
! syntax_error ;
+ + i ) {
ModuleList module_list ;
const size_t num_matches =
FindModulesByName ( target , arg_cstr , module_list , false ) ;
if ( num_matches > 0 ) {
for ( size_t j = 0 ; j < num_matches ; + + j ) {
Module * module = module_list . GetModulePointerAtIndex ( j ) ;
if ( module ) {
if ( LookupInModule ( m_interpreter , module , result ,
syntax_error ) ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . EOL ( ) ;
num_successful_lookups + + ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else
result . AppendWarningWithFormat (
" Unable to find an image that matches '%s'. \n " , arg_cstr ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
if ( num_successful_lookups > 0 )
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
else
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandOptions m_options ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
# pragma mark CommandObjectMultiwordImageSearchPaths
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CommandObjectMultiwordImageSearchPaths
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModulesImageSearchPaths
: public CommandObjectMultiword {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetModulesImageSearchPaths ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectMultiword (
interpreter , " target modules search-paths " ,
" Commands for managing module search paths for a target. " ,
" target modules search-paths <subcommand> [<subcommand-options>] " ) {
LoadSubCommand (
" add " , CommandObjectSP (
new CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsAdd ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand (
" clear " , CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsClear (
interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand (
" insert " ,
CommandObjectSP (
new CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsInsert ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand (
" list " , CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsList (
interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand (
" query " , CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesSearchPathsQuery (
interpreter ) ) ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetModulesImageSearchPaths ( ) override = default ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetModules
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CommandObjectTargetModules
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetModules : public CommandObjectMultiword {
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
//------------------------------------------------------------------
// Constructors and Destructors
//------------------------------------------------------------------
CommandObjectTargetModules ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectMultiword ( interpreter , " target modules " ,
" Commands for accessing information for one or "
" more target modules. " ,
" target modules <sub-command> ... " ) {
LoadSubCommand (
" add " , CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesAdd ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " load " , CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesLoad (
interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " dump " , CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesDump (
interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " list " , CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesList (
interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand (
" lookup " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesLookup ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand (
" search-paths " ,
CommandObjectSP (
new CommandObjectTargetModulesImageSearchPaths ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand (
" show-unwind " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModulesShowUnwind ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetModules ( ) override = default ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
private :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
//------------------------------------------------------------------
// For CommandObjectTargetModules only
//------------------------------------------------------------------
DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN ( CommandObjectTargetModules ) ;
2011-05-04 06:09:39 +08:00
} ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetSymbolsAdd : public CommandObjectParsed {
2012-02-24 09:59:29 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetSymbolsAdd ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed (
interpreter , " target symbols add " ,
" Add a debug symbol file to one of the target's current modules by "
" specifying a path to a debug symbols file, or using the options "
" to specify a module to download symbols for. " ,
2017-07-25 06:52:39 +08:00
" target symbols add <cmd-options> [<symfile>] " ,
eCommandRequiresTarget ) ,
2016-08-12 07:51:28 +08:00
m_option_group ( ) ,
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_file_option (
LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " shlib " , ' s ' ,
CommandCompletions : : eModuleCompletion , eArgTypeShlibName ,
" Fullpath or basename for module to find debug symbols for. " ) ,
m_current_frame_option (
LLDB_OPT_SET_2 , false , " frame " , ' F ' ,
" Locate the debug symbols the currently selected frame. " , false ,
true )
{
m_option_group . Append ( & m_uuid_option_group , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL ,
LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_file_option , LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , LLDB_OPT_SET_1 ) ;
m_option_group . Append ( & m_current_frame_option , LLDB_OPT_SET_2 ,
LLDB_OPT_SET_2 ) ;
m_option_group . Finalize ( ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetSymbolsAdd ( ) override = default ;
Refactoring for for the internal command line completion API (NFC)
Summary:
This patch refactors the internal completion API. It now takes (as far as possible) a single
CompletionRequest object instead o half a dozen in/out/in-out parameters. The CompletionRequest
contains a common superset of the different parameters as far as it makes sense. This includes
the raw command line string and raw cursor position, which should make the `expr` command
possible to implement (at least without hacks that reconstruct the command line from the args).
This patch is not intended to change the observable behavior of lldb in any way. It's also as
minimal as possible and doesn't attempt to fix all the problems the API has.
Some Q&A:
Q: Why is this not fixing all the problems in the completion API?
A: Because is a blocker for the expr command completion which I want to get in ASAP. This is the
smallest patch that unblocks the expr completion patch and which allows trivial refactoring in the future.
The patch also doesn't really change the internal information flow in the API, so that hopefully
saves us from ever having to revert and resubmit this humongous patch.
Q: Can we merge all the copy-pasted code in the completion methods
(like computing the current incomplete arg) into CompletionRequest class?
A: Yes, but it's out of scope for this patch.
Q: Why the `word_complete = request.GetWordComplete(); ... ` pattern?
A: I don't want to add a getter that returns a reference to the internal integer. So we have
to use a temporary variable and the Getter/Setter instead. We don't throw exceptions
from what I can tell, so the behavior doesn't change.
Q: Why are we not owning the list of matches?
A: Because that's how the previous API works. But that should be fixed too (in another patch).
Q: Can we make the constructor simpler and compute some of the values from the plain command?
A: I think this works, but I rather want to have this in a follow up commit. Especially when making nested
request it's a bit awkward that the parsed arguments behave as both input/output (as we should in theory
propagate the changes on the nested request back to the parent request if we don't want to change the
behavior too much).
Q: Can't we pass one const request object and then just return another result object instead of mixing
them together in one in/out parameter?
A: It's hard to get keep the same behavior with that pattern, but I think we can also get a nice API with just
a single request object. If we make all input parameters read-only, we have a clear separation between what
is actually an input and what an output parameter (and hopefully we get rid of the in-out parameters).
Q: Can we throw out the 'match' variables that are not implemented according to the comment?
A: We currently just forward them as in the old code to the different methods, even though I think
they are really not used. We can easily remove and readd them once every single completion method just
takes a CompletionRequest, but for now I prefer NFC behavior from the perspective of the API user.
Reviewers: davide, jingham, labath
Reviewed By: jingham
Subscribers: mgorny, friss, lldb-commits
Differential Revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D48796
llvm-svn: 336146
2018-07-03 05:29:56 +08:00
int HandleArgumentCompletion (
CompletionRequest & request ,
OptionElementVector & opt_element_vector ) override {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandCompletions : : InvokeCommonCompletionCallbacks (
GetCommandInterpreter ( ) , CommandCompletions : : eDiskFileCompletion ,
2018-07-14 02:28:14 +08:00
request , nullptr ) ;
2018-07-28 02:42:46 +08:00
return request . GetNumberOfMatches ( ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_option_group ; }
2012-09-28 06:26:11 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool AddModuleSymbols ( Target * target , ModuleSpec & module_spec , bool & flush ,
CommandReturnObject & result ) {
const FileSpec & symbol_fspec = module_spec . GetSymbolFileSpec ( ) ;
if ( symbol_fspec ) {
char symfile_path [ PATH_MAX ] ;
symbol_fspec . GetPath ( symfile_path , sizeof ( symfile_path ) ) ;
if ( ! module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . IsValid ( ) ) {
if ( ! module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) & & ! module_spec . GetPlatformFileSpec ( ) )
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) . GetFilename ( ) = symbol_fspec . GetFilename ( ) ;
}
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// We now have a module that represents a symbol file that can be used
// for a module that might exist in the current target, so we need to
// find that module in the target
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
ModuleList matching_module_list ;
size_t num_matches = 0 ;
// First extract all module specs from the symbol file
lldb_private : : ModuleSpecList symfile_module_specs ;
if ( ObjectFile : : GetModuleSpecifications ( module_spec . GetSymbolFileSpec ( ) ,
0 , 0 , symfile_module_specs ) ) {
// Now extract the module spec that matches the target architecture
ModuleSpec target_arch_module_spec ;
ModuleSpec symfile_module_spec ;
target_arch_module_spec . GetArchitecture ( ) = target - > GetArchitecture ( ) ;
if ( symfile_module_specs . FindMatchingModuleSpec ( target_arch_module_spec ,
symfile_module_spec ) ) {
// See if it has a UUID?
if ( symfile_module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . IsValid ( ) ) {
// It has a UUID, look for this UUID in the target modules
ModuleSpec symfile_uuid_module_spec ;
symfile_uuid_module_spec . GetUUID ( ) = symfile_module_spec . GetUUID ( ) ;
num_matches = target - > GetImages ( ) . FindModules (
symfile_uuid_module_spec , matching_module_list ) ;
}
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( num_matches = = 0 ) {
// No matches yet, iterate through the module specs to find a UUID
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// value that we can match up to an image in our target
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const size_t num_symfile_module_specs =
symfile_module_specs . GetSize ( ) ;
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < num_symfile_module_specs & & num_matches = = 0 ;
+ + i ) {
if ( symfile_module_specs . GetModuleSpecAtIndex (
i , symfile_module_spec ) ) {
if ( symfile_module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . IsValid ( ) ) {
// It has a UUID, look for this UUID in the target modules
ModuleSpec symfile_uuid_module_spec ;
symfile_uuid_module_spec . GetUUID ( ) =
symfile_module_spec . GetUUID ( ) ;
num_matches = target - > GetImages ( ) . FindModules (
symfile_uuid_module_spec , matching_module_list ) ;
}
2013-01-12 07:44:27 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
}
}
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// Just try to match up the file by basename if we have no matches at
// this point
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( num_matches = = 0 )
num_matches =
target - > GetImages ( ) . FindModules ( module_spec , matching_module_list ) ;
while ( num_matches = = 0 ) {
ConstString filename_no_extension (
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) . GetFileNameStrippingExtension ( ) ) ;
// Empty string returned, lets bail
if ( ! filename_no_extension )
break ;
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// Check if there was no extension to strip and the basename is the
// same
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( filename_no_extension = = module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) . GetFilename ( ) )
break ;
// Replace basename with one less extension
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) . GetFilename ( ) = filename_no_extension ;
num_matches =
target - > GetImages ( ) . FindModules ( module_spec , matching_module_list ) ;
}
if ( num_matches > 1 ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " multiple modules match symbol file '%s', "
" use the --uuid option to resolve the "
" ambiguity. \n " ,
symfile_path ) ;
} else if ( num_matches = = 1 ) {
ModuleSP module_sp ( matching_module_list . GetModuleAtIndex ( 0 ) ) ;
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// The module has not yet created its symbol vendor, we can just give
// the existing target module the symfile path to use for when it
// decides to create it!
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
module_sp - > SetSymbolFileFileSpec ( symbol_fspec ) ;
SymbolVendor * symbol_vendor =
module_sp - > GetSymbolVendor ( true , & result . GetErrorStream ( ) ) ;
if ( symbol_vendor ) {
SymbolFile * symbol_file = symbol_vendor - > GetSymbolFile ( ) ;
if ( symbol_file ) {
ObjectFile * object_file = symbol_file - > GetObjectFile ( ) ;
if ( object_file & & object_file - > GetFileSpec ( ) = = symbol_fspec ) {
// Provide feedback that the symfile has been successfully added.
const FileSpec & module_fs = module_sp - > GetFileSpec ( ) ;
result . AppendMessageWithFormat (
" symbol file '%s' has been added to '%s' \n " , symfile_path ,
module_fs . GetPath ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
2018-05-01 00:49:04 +08:00
// Let clients know something changed in the module if it is
// currently loaded
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
ModuleList module_list ;
module_list . Append ( module_sp ) ;
target - > SymbolsDidLoad ( module_list ) ;
// Make sure we load any scripting resources that may be embedded
// in the debug info files in case the platform supports that.
2017-05-12 12:51:55 +08:00
Status error ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
StreamString feedback_stream ;
module_sp - > LoadScriptingResourceInTarget ( target , error ,
& feedback_stream ) ;
if ( error . Fail ( ) & & error . AsCString ( ) )
result . AppendWarningWithFormat (
" unable to load scripting data for module %s - error "
" reported was %s " ,
module_sp - > GetFileSpec ( )
. GetFileNameStrippingExtension ( )
. GetCString ( ) ,
error . AsCString ( ) ) ;
else if ( feedback_stream . GetSize ( ) )
result . AppendWarningWithFormat ( " %s " , feedback_stream . GetData ( ) ) ;
flush = true ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return true ;
2012-12-12 09:15:30 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
}
// Clear the symbol file spec if anything went wrong
module_sp - > SetSymbolFileFileSpec ( FileSpec ( ) ) ;
}
2017-03-09 01:56:08 +08:00
namespace fs = llvm : : sys : : fs ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . IsValid ( ) ) {
StreamString ss_symfile_uuid ;
module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . Dump ( & ss_symfile_uuid ) ;
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" symbol file '%s' (%s) does not match any existing module%s \n " ,
symfile_path , ss_symfile_uuid . GetData ( ) ,
2017-03-09 01:56:08 +08:00
! fs : : is_regular_file ( symbol_fspec . GetPath ( ) )
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
? " \n please specify the full path to the symbol file "
: " " ) ;
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" symbol file '%s' does not match any existing module%s \n " ,
symfile_path ,
2017-03-09 01:56:08 +08:00
! fs : : is_regular_file ( symbol_fspec . GetPath ( ) )
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
? " \n please specify the full path to the symbol file "
: " " ) ;
}
} else {
result . AppendError (
" one or more executable image paths must be specified " ) ;
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
bool DoExecute ( Args & args , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = m_exe_ctx . GetTargetPtr ( ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
bool flush = false ;
ModuleSpec module_spec ;
const bool uuid_option_set =
m_uuid_option_group . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) ;
const bool file_option_set = m_file_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) ;
const bool frame_option_set =
m_current_frame_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . OptionWasSet ( ) ;
const size_t argc = args . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
if ( argc = = 0 ) {
if ( uuid_option_set | | file_option_set | | frame_option_set ) {
bool success = false ;
bool error_set = false ;
if ( frame_option_set ) {
Process * process = m_exe_ctx . GetProcessPtr ( ) ;
if ( process ) {
const StateType process_state = process - > GetState ( ) ;
if ( StateIsStoppedState ( process_state , true ) ) {
StackFrame * frame = m_exe_ctx . GetFramePtr ( ) ;
if ( frame ) {
ModuleSP frame_module_sp (
frame - > GetSymbolContext ( eSymbolContextModule ) . module_sp ) ;
if ( frame_module_sp ) {
2018-11-02 01:09:25 +08:00
if ( FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Exists (
frame_module_sp - > GetPlatformFileSpec ( ) ) ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
module_spec . GetArchitecture ( ) =
frame_module_sp - > GetArchitecture ( ) ;
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) =
frame_module_sp - > GetPlatformFileSpec ( ) ;
}
module_spec . GetUUID ( ) = frame_module_sp - > GetUUID ( ) ;
success = module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . IsValid ( ) | |
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) ;
} else {
result . AppendError ( " frame has no module " ) ;
error_set = true ;
2012-12-12 09:15:30 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendError ( " invalid current frame " ) ;
error_set = true ;
}
} else {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " process is not stopped: %s " ,
StateAsCString ( process_state ) ) ;
error_set = true ;
2012-12-12 09:15:30 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendError (
" a process must exist in order to use the --frame option " ) ;
error_set = true ;
}
} else {
if ( uuid_option_set ) {
module_spec . GetUUID ( ) =
m_uuid_option_group . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
success | = module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . IsValid ( ) ;
} else if ( file_option_set ) {
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) =
m_file_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
ModuleSP module_sp (
target - > GetImages ( ) . FindFirstModule ( module_spec ) ) ;
if ( module_sp ) {
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) = module_sp - > GetFileSpec ( ) ;
module_spec . GetPlatformFileSpec ( ) =
module_sp - > GetPlatformFileSpec ( ) ;
module_spec . GetUUID ( ) = module_sp - > GetUUID ( ) ;
module_spec . GetArchitecture ( ) = module_sp - > GetArchitecture ( ) ;
} else {
module_spec . GetArchitecture ( ) = target - > GetArchitecture ( ) ;
2012-09-28 06:26:11 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
success | = module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . IsValid ( ) | |
2018-11-02 01:09:25 +08:00
FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Exists ( module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
2012-09-28 06:26:11 +08:00
}
Expanded the flags that can be set for a command object in lldb_private::CommandObject. This list of available flags are:
enum
{
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresTarget
//
// Ensures a valid target is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidTargetDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidTargetDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresTarget = (1u << 0),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresProcess
//
// Ensures a valid process is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a process doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidProcessDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidProcessDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresProcess = (1u << 1),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresThread
//
// Ensures a valid thread is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a thread doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidThreadDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidThreadDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresThread = (1u << 2),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresFrame
//
// Ensures a valid frame is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a frame doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidFrameDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidFrameDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresFrame = (1u << 3),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresRegContext
//
// Ensures a valid register context (from the selected frame if there
// is a frame in m_exe_ctx, or from the selected thread from m_exe_ctx)
// is availble from m_exe_ctx prior to executing the command. If a
// target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command will fail and
// CommandObject::GetInvalidRegContextDescription() will be returned as
// the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the virtual function
// for GetInvalidRegContextDescription() to provide custom strings when
// needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresRegContext = (1u << 4),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagTryTargetAPILock
//
// Attempts to acquire the target lock if a target is selected in the
// command interpreter. If the command object fails to acquire the API
// lock, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagTryTargetAPILock = (1u << 5),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched
//
// Verifies that there is a launched process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched = (1u << 6),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBePaused
//
// Verifies that there is a paused process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBePaused = (1u << 7)
};
Now each command object contains a "ExecutionContext m_exe_ctx;" member variable that gets initialized prior to running the command. The validity of the target objects in m_exe_ctx are checked to ensure that any target/process/thread/frame/reg context that are required are valid prior to executing the command. Each command object also contains a Mutex::Locker m_api_locker which gets used if eFlagTryTargetAPILock is set. This centralizes a lot of checking code that was previously and inconsistently implemented across many commands.
llvm-svn: 171990
2013-01-10 03:44:40 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( success ) {
if ( Symbols : : DownloadObjectAndSymbolFile ( module_spec ) ) {
if ( module_spec . GetSymbolFileSpec ( ) )
success = AddModuleSymbols ( target , module_spec , flush , result ) ;
}
}
Expanded the flags that can be set for a command object in lldb_private::CommandObject. This list of available flags are:
enum
{
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresTarget
//
// Ensures a valid target is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidTargetDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidTargetDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresTarget = (1u << 0),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresProcess
//
// Ensures a valid process is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a process doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidProcessDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidProcessDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresProcess = (1u << 1),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresThread
//
// Ensures a valid thread is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a thread doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidThreadDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidThreadDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresThread = (1u << 2),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresFrame
//
// Ensures a valid frame is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a frame doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidFrameDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidFrameDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresFrame = (1u << 3),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresRegContext
//
// Ensures a valid register context (from the selected frame if there
// is a frame in m_exe_ctx, or from the selected thread from m_exe_ctx)
// is availble from m_exe_ctx prior to executing the command. If a
// target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command will fail and
// CommandObject::GetInvalidRegContextDescription() will be returned as
// the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the virtual function
// for GetInvalidRegContextDescription() to provide custom strings when
// needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresRegContext = (1u << 4),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagTryTargetAPILock
//
// Attempts to acquire the target lock if a target is selected in the
// command interpreter. If the command object fails to acquire the API
// lock, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagTryTargetAPILock = (1u << 5),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched
//
// Verifies that there is a launched process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched = (1u << 6),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBePaused
//
// Verifies that there is a paused process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBePaused = (1u << 7)
};
Now each command object contains a "ExecutionContext m_exe_ctx;" member variable that gets initialized prior to running the command. The validity of the target objects in m_exe_ctx are checked to ensure that any target/process/thread/frame/reg context that are required are valid prior to executing the command. Each command object also contains a Mutex::Locker m_api_locker which gets used if eFlagTryTargetAPILock is set. This centralizes a lot of checking code that was previously and inconsistently implemented across many commands.
llvm-svn: 171990
2013-01-10 03:44:40 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( ! success & & ! error_set ) {
StreamString error_strm ;
if ( uuid_option_set ) {
error_strm . PutCString ( " unable to find debug symbols for UUID " ) ;
module_spec . GetUUID ( ) . Dump ( & error_strm ) ;
} else if ( file_option_set ) {
error_strm . PutCString (
" unable to find debug symbols for the executable file " ) ;
error_strm < < module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) ;
} else if ( frame_option_set ) {
error_strm . PutCString (
" unable to find debug symbols for the current frame " ) ;
}
2016-11-17 05:15:24 +08:00
result . AppendError ( error_strm . GetString ( ) ) ;
Expanded the flags that can be set for a command object in lldb_private::CommandObject. This list of available flags are:
enum
{
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresTarget
//
// Ensures a valid target is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidTargetDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidTargetDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresTarget = (1u << 0),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresProcess
//
// Ensures a valid process is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a process doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidProcessDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidProcessDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresProcess = (1u << 1),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresThread
//
// Ensures a valid thread is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a thread doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidThreadDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidThreadDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresThread = (1u << 2),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresFrame
//
// Ensures a valid frame is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a frame doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidFrameDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidFrameDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresFrame = (1u << 3),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresRegContext
//
// Ensures a valid register context (from the selected frame if there
// is a frame in m_exe_ctx, or from the selected thread from m_exe_ctx)
// is availble from m_exe_ctx prior to executing the command. If a
// target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command will fail and
// CommandObject::GetInvalidRegContextDescription() will be returned as
// the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the virtual function
// for GetInvalidRegContextDescription() to provide custom strings when
// needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresRegContext = (1u << 4),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagTryTargetAPILock
//
// Attempts to acquire the target lock if a target is selected in the
// command interpreter. If the command object fails to acquire the API
// lock, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagTryTargetAPILock = (1u << 5),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched
//
// Verifies that there is a launched process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched = (1u << 6),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBePaused
//
// Verifies that there is a paused process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBePaused = (1u << 7)
};
Now each command object contains a "ExecutionContext m_exe_ctx;" member variable that gets initialized prior to running the command. The validity of the target objects in m_exe_ctx are checked to ensure that any target/process/thread/frame/reg context that are required are valid prior to executing the command. Each command object also contains a Mutex::Locker m_api_locker which gets used if eFlagTryTargetAPILock is set. This centralizes a lot of checking code that was previously and inconsistently implemented across many commands.
llvm-svn: 171990
2013-01-10 03:44:40 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
result . AppendError ( " one or more symbol file paths must be specified, "
" or options must be specified " ) ;
}
} else {
if ( uuid_option_set ) {
result . AppendError ( " specify either one or more paths to symbol files "
" or use the --uuid option without arguments " ) ;
} else if ( frame_option_set ) {
result . AppendError ( " specify either one or more paths to symbol files "
" or use the --frame option without arguments " ) ;
2017-07-25 06:52:39 +08:00
} else if ( file_option_set & & argc > 1 ) {
result . AppendError ( " specify at most one symbol file path when "
" --shlib option is set " ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
PlatformSP platform_sp ( target - > GetPlatform ( ) ) ;
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
for ( auto & entry : args . entries ( ) ) {
if ( ! entry . ref . empty ( ) ) {
2018-11-02 05:05:36 +08:00
auto & symbol_file_spec = module_spec . GetSymbolFileSpec ( ) ;
symbol_file_spec . SetFile ( entry . ref , FileSpec : : Style : : native ) ;
FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Resolve ( symbol_file_spec ) ;
2017-07-25 06:52:39 +08:00
if ( file_option_set ) {
module_spec . GetFileSpec ( ) =
m_file_option . GetOptionValue ( ) . GetCurrentValue ( ) ;
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( platform_sp ) {
FileSpec symfile_spec ;
if ( platform_sp
- > ResolveSymbolFile ( * target , module_spec , symfile_spec )
. Success ( ) )
module_spec . GetSymbolFileSpec ( ) = symfile_spec ;
Expanded the flags that can be set for a command object in lldb_private::CommandObject. This list of available flags are:
enum
{
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresTarget
//
// Ensures a valid target is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidTargetDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidTargetDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresTarget = (1u << 0),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresProcess
//
// Ensures a valid process is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a process doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidProcessDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidProcessDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresProcess = (1u << 1),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresThread
//
// Ensures a valid thread is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a thread doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidThreadDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidThreadDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresThread = (1u << 2),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresFrame
//
// Ensures a valid frame is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a frame doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidFrameDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidFrameDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresFrame = (1u << 3),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresRegContext
//
// Ensures a valid register context (from the selected frame if there
// is a frame in m_exe_ctx, or from the selected thread from m_exe_ctx)
// is availble from m_exe_ctx prior to executing the command. If a
// target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command will fail and
// CommandObject::GetInvalidRegContextDescription() will be returned as
// the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the virtual function
// for GetInvalidRegContextDescription() to provide custom strings when
// needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresRegContext = (1u << 4),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagTryTargetAPILock
//
// Attempts to acquire the target lock if a target is selected in the
// command interpreter. If the command object fails to acquire the API
// lock, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagTryTargetAPILock = (1u << 5),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched
//
// Verifies that there is a launched process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched = (1u << 6),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBePaused
//
// Verifies that there is a paused process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBePaused = (1u << 7)
};
Now each command object contains a "ExecutionContext m_exe_ctx;" member variable that gets initialized prior to running the command. The validity of the target objects in m_exe_ctx are checked to ensure that any target/process/thread/frame/reg context that are required are valid prior to executing the command. Each command object also contains a Mutex::Locker m_api_locker which gets used if eFlagTryTargetAPILock is set. This centralizes a lot of checking code that was previously and inconsistently implemented across many commands.
llvm-svn: 171990
2013-01-10 03:44:40 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
ArchSpec arch ;
2018-11-02 01:09:25 +08:00
bool symfile_exists =
FileSystem : : Instance ( ) . Exists ( module_spec . GetSymbolFileSpec ( ) ) ;
2012-09-28 06:26:11 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( symfile_exists ) {
if ( ! AddModuleSymbols ( target , module_spec , flush , result ) )
break ;
} else {
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
std : : string resolved_symfile_path =
module_spec . GetSymbolFileSpec ( ) . GetPath ( ) ;
if ( resolved_symfile_path ! = entry . ref ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat (
" invalid module path '%s' with resolved path '%s' \n " ,
entry . c_str ( ) , resolved_symfile_path . c_str ( ) ) ;
break ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " invalid module path '%s' \n " ,
2016-10-06 07:40:23 +08:00
entry . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
2012-02-24 09:59:29 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
Expanded the flags that can be set for a command object in lldb_private::CommandObject. This list of available flags are:
enum
{
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresTarget
//
// Ensures a valid target is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidTargetDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidTargetDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresTarget = (1u << 0),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresProcess
//
// Ensures a valid process is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a process doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidProcessDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidProcessDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresProcess = (1u << 1),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresThread
//
// Ensures a valid thread is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a thread doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidThreadDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidThreadDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresThread = (1u << 2),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresFrame
//
// Ensures a valid frame is contained in m_exe_ctx prior to executing
// the command. If a frame doesn't exist or is invalid, the command
// will fail and CommandObject::GetInvalidFrameDescription() will be
// returned as the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the
// virtual function for GetInvalidFrameDescription() to provide custom
// strings when needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresFrame = (1u << 3),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagRequiresRegContext
//
// Ensures a valid register context (from the selected frame if there
// is a frame in m_exe_ctx, or from the selected thread from m_exe_ctx)
// is availble from m_exe_ctx prior to executing the command. If a
// target doesn't exist or is invalid, the command will fail and
// CommandObject::GetInvalidRegContextDescription() will be returned as
// the error. CommandObject subclasses can override the virtual function
// for GetInvalidRegContextDescription() to provide custom strings when
// needed.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagRequiresRegContext = (1u << 4),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagTryTargetAPILock
//
// Attempts to acquire the target lock if a target is selected in the
// command interpreter. If the command object fails to acquire the API
// lock, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagTryTargetAPILock = (1u << 5),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched
//
// Verifies that there is a launched process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBeLaunched = (1u << 6),
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
// eFlagProcessMustBePaused
//
// Verifies that there is a paused process in m_exe_ctx, if there
// isn't, the command will fail with an appropriate error message.
//----------------------------------------------------------------------
eFlagProcessMustBePaused = (1u << 7)
};
Now each command object contains a "ExecutionContext m_exe_ctx;" member variable that gets initialized prior to running the command. The validity of the target objects in m_exe_ctx are checked to ensure that any target/process/thread/frame/reg context that are required are valid prior to executing the command. Each command object also contains a Mutex::Locker m_api_locker which gets used if eFlagTryTargetAPILock is set. This centralizes a lot of checking code that was previously and inconsistently implemented across many commands.
llvm-svn: 171990
2013-01-10 03:44:40 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
}
2012-05-18 10:38:05 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( flush ) {
Process * process = m_exe_ctx . GetProcessPtr ( ) ;
if ( process )
process - > Flush ( ) ;
2012-02-24 09:59:29 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
OptionGroupOptions m_option_group ;
OptionGroupUUID m_uuid_option_group ;
OptionGroupFile m_file_option ;
OptionGroupBoolean m_current_frame_option ;
2012-02-24 09:59:29 +08:00
} ;
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetSymbols
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CommandObjectTargetSymbols
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetSymbols : public CommandObjectMultiword {
2012-02-24 09:59:29 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
//------------------------------------------------------------------
// Constructors and Destructors
//------------------------------------------------------------------
CommandObjectTargetSymbols ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectMultiword (
interpreter , " target symbols " ,
" Commands for adding and managing debug symbol files. " ,
" target symbols <sub-command> ... " ) {
LoadSubCommand (
" add " , CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetSymbolsAdd ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectTargetSymbols ( ) override = default ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2012-02-24 09:59:29 +08:00
private :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
//------------------------------------------------------------------
// For CommandObjectTargetModules only
//------------------------------------------------------------------
DISALLOW_COPY_AND_ASSIGN ( CommandObjectTargetSymbols ) ;
2012-02-24 09:59:29 +08:00
} ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetStopHookAdd
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CommandObjectTargetStopHookAdd
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
static constexpr OptionDefinition g_target_stop_hook_add_options [ ] = {
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
// clang-format off
2019-03-02 02:13:38 +08:00
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , false , " one-liner " , ' o ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeOneLiner , " Add a command for the stop hook. Can be specified more than once, and commands will be run in the order they appear. " } ,
2018-09-27 02:50:19 +08:00
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , false , " shlib " , ' s ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , CommandCompletions : : eModuleCompletion , eArgTypeShlibName , " Set the module within which the stop-hook is to be run. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , false , " thread-index " , ' x ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeThreadIndex , " The stop hook is run only for the thread whose index matches this argument. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , false , " thread-id " , ' t ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeThreadID , " The stop hook is run only for the thread whose TID matches this argument. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , false , " thread-name " , ' T ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeThreadName , " The stop hook is run only for the thread whose thread name matches this argument. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , false , " queue-name " , ' q ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeQueueName , " The stop hook is run only for threads in the queue whose name is given by this argument. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " file " , ' f ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , CommandCompletions : : eSourceFileCompletion , eArgTypeFilename , " Specify the source file within which the stop-hook is to be run. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " start-line " , ' l ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeLineNum , " Set the start of the line range for which the stop-hook is to be run. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_1 , false , " end-line " , ' e ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeLineNum , " Set the end of the line range for which the stop-hook is to be run. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_2 , false , " classname " , ' c ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeClassName , " Specify the class within which the stop-hook is to be run. " } ,
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_3 , false , " name " , ' n ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , CommandCompletions : : eSymbolCompletion , eArgTypeFunctionName , " Set the function name within which the stop hook will be run. " } ,
2019-03-02 02:13:38 +08:00
{ LLDB_OPT_SET_ALL , false , " auto-continue " , ' G ' , OptionParser : : eRequiredArgument , nullptr , { } , 0 , eArgTypeBoolean , " The breakpoint will auto-continue after running its commands. " } ,
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
// clang-format on
} ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetStopHookAdd : public CommandObjectParsed ,
public IOHandlerDelegateMultiline {
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandOptions : public Options {
public :
CommandOptions ( )
: Options ( ) , m_line_start ( 0 ) , m_line_end ( UINT_MAX ) ,
m_func_name_type_mask ( eFunctionNameTypeAuto ) ,
m_sym_ctx_specified ( false ) , m_thread_specified ( false ) ,
m_use_one_liner ( false ) , m_one_liner ( ) { }
~ CommandOptions ( ) override = default ;
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
llvm : : ArrayRef < OptionDefinition > GetDefinitions ( ) override {
2016-09-23 05:06:13 +08:00
return llvm : : makeArrayRef ( g_target_stop_hook_add_options ) ;
Convert option tables to ArrayRefs.
This change is very mechanical. All it does is change the
signature of `Options::GetDefinitions()` and `OptionGroup::
GetDefinitions()` to return an `ArrayRef<OptionDefinition>`
instead of a `const OptionDefinition *`. In the case of the
former, it deletes the sentinel entry from every table, and
in the case of the latter, it removes the `GetNumDefinitions()`
method from the interface. These are no longer necessary as
`ArrayRef` carries its own length.
In the former case, iteration was done by using a sentinel
entry, so there was no knowledge of length. Because of this
the individual option tables were allowed to be defined below
the corresponding class (after all, only a pointer was needed).
Now, however, the length must be known at compile time to
construct the `ArrayRef`, and as a result it is necessary to
move every option table before its corresponding class. This
results in this CL looking very big, but in terms of substance
there is not much here.
Differential revision: https://reviews.llvm.org/D24834
llvm-svn: 282188
2016-09-23 04:22:55 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
2017-05-12 12:51:55 +08:00
Status SetOptionValue ( uint32_t option_idx , llvm : : StringRef option_arg ,
ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
Status error ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
const int short_option = m_getopt_table [ option_idx ] . val ;
switch ( short_option ) {
case ' c ' :
m_class_name = option_arg ;
m_sym_ctx_specified = true ;
break ;
case ' e ' :
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
if ( option_arg . getAsInteger ( 0 , m_line_end ) ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat ( " invalid end line number: \" %s \" " ,
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
option_arg . str ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_sym_ctx_specified = true ;
break ;
2019-03-02 02:13:38 +08:00
case ' G ' : {
bool value , success ;
value = OptionArgParser : : ToBoolean ( option_arg , false , & success ) ;
if ( success ) {
m_auto_continue = value ;
} else
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat (
" invalid boolean value '%s' passed for -G option " ,
option_arg . str ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
}
break ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
case ' l ' :
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
if ( option_arg . getAsInteger ( 0 , m_line_start ) ) {
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat ( " invalid start line number: \" %s \" " ,
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
option_arg . str ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_sym_ctx_specified = true ;
break ;
case ' i ' :
m_no_inlines = true ;
break ;
case ' n ' :
m_function_name = option_arg ;
m_func_name_type_mask | = eFunctionNameTypeAuto ;
m_sym_ctx_specified = true ;
break ;
case ' f ' :
m_file_name = option_arg ;
m_sym_ctx_specified = true ;
break ;
case ' s ' :
m_module_name = option_arg ;
m_sym_ctx_specified = true ;
break ;
case ' t ' :
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
if ( option_arg . getAsInteger ( 0 , m_thread_id ) )
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat ( " invalid thread id string '%s' " ,
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
option_arg . str ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_thread_specified = true ;
break ;
case ' T ' :
m_thread_name = option_arg ;
m_thread_specified = true ;
break ;
case ' q ' :
m_queue_name = option_arg ;
m_thread_specified = true ;
break ;
case ' x ' :
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
if ( option_arg . getAsInteger ( 0 , m_thread_index ) )
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat ( " invalid thread index string '%s' " ,
2016-11-13 00:56:47 +08:00
option_arg . str ( ) . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_thread_specified = true ;
break ;
case ' o ' :
m_use_one_liner = true ;
2019-03-02 02:13:38 +08:00
m_one_liner . push_back ( option_arg ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
break ;
default :
error . SetErrorStringWithFormat ( " unrecognized option %c. " , short_option ) ;
break ;
}
return error ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
void OptionParsingStarting ( ExecutionContext * execution_context ) override {
m_class_name . clear ( ) ;
m_function_name . clear ( ) ;
m_line_start = 0 ;
m_line_end = UINT_MAX ;
m_file_name . clear ( ) ;
m_module_name . clear ( ) ;
m_func_name_type_mask = eFunctionNameTypeAuto ;
m_thread_id = LLDB_INVALID_THREAD_ID ;
m_thread_index = UINT32_MAX ;
m_thread_name . clear ( ) ;
m_queue_name . clear ( ) ;
m_no_inlines = false ;
m_sym_ctx_specified = false ;
m_thread_specified = false ;
m_use_one_liner = false ;
m_one_liner . clear ( ) ;
2019-03-02 02:13:38 +08:00
m_auto_continue = false ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
std : : string m_class_name ;
std : : string m_function_name ;
uint32_t m_line_start ;
uint32_t m_line_end ;
std : : string m_file_name ;
std : : string m_module_name ;
uint32_t m_func_name_type_mask ; // A pick from lldb::FunctionNameType.
lldb : : tid_t m_thread_id ;
uint32_t m_thread_index ;
std : : string m_thread_name ;
std : : string m_queue_name ;
bool m_sym_ctx_specified ;
bool m_no_inlines ;
bool m_thread_specified ;
// Instance variables to hold the values for one_liner options.
bool m_use_one_liner ;
2019-03-02 02:13:38 +08:00
std : : vector < std : : string > m_one_liner ;
bool m_auto_continue ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} ;
CommandObjectTargetStopHookAdd ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , " target stop-hook add " ,
" Add a hook to be executed when the target stops. " ,
" target stop-hook add " ) ,
IOHandlerDelegateMultiline ( " DONE " ,
IOHandlerDelegate : : Completion : : LLDBCommand ) ,
m_options ( ) { }
~ CommandObjectTargetStopHookAdd ( ) override = default ;
Options * GetOptions ( ) override { return & m_options ; }
2014-01-28 07:43:24 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
void IOHandlerActivated ( IOHandler & io_handler ) override {
StreamFileSP output_sp ( io_handler . GetOutputStreamFile ( ) ) ;
if ( output_sp ) {
output_sp - > PutCString (
" Enter your stop hook command(s). Type 'DONE' to end. \n " ) ;
output_sp - > Flush ( ) ;
}
}
void IOHandlerInputComplete ( IOHandler & io_handler ,
std : : string & line ) override {
if ( m_stop_hook_sp ) {
if ( line . empty ( ) ) {
StreamFileSP error_sp ( io_handler . GetErrorStreamFile ( ) ) ;
if ( error_sp ) {
error_sp - > Printf ( " error: stop hook #% " PRIu64
" aborted, no commands. \n " ,
m_stop_hook_sp - > GetID ( ) ) ;
error_sp - > Flush ( ) ;
}
Target * target = m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) . get ( ) ;
if ( target )
target - > RemoveStopHookByID ( m_stop_hook_sp - > GetID ( ) ) ;
} else {
m_stop_hook_sp - > GetCommandPointer ( ) - > SplitIntoLines ( line ) ;
2014-01-28 07:43:24 +08:00
StreamFileSP output_sp ( io_handler . GetOutputStreamFile ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( output_sp ) {
output_sp - > Printf ( " Stop hook #% " PRIu64 " added. \n " ,
m_stop_hook_sp - > GetID ( ) ) ;
output_sp - > Flush ( ) ;
2014-01-28 07:43:24 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
m_stop_hook_sp . reset ( ) ;
2014-01-28 07:43:24 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
io_handler . SetIsDone ( true ) ;
}
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
m_stop_hook_sp . reset ( ) ;
Target * target = GetSelectedOrDummyTarget ( ) ;
if ( target ) {
Target : : StopHookSP new_hook_sp = target - > CreateStopHook ( ) ;
// First step, make the specifier.
2019-02-13 14:25:41 +08:00
std : : unique_ptr < SymbolContextSpecifier > specifier_up ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_options . m_sym_ctx_specified ) {
2019-02-13 14:25:41 +08:00
specifier_up . reset ( new SymbolContextSpecifier (
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_interpreter . GetDebugger ( ) . GetSelectedTarget ( ) ) ) ;
if ( ! m_options . m_module_name . empty ( ) ) {
2019-02-13 14:25:41 +08:00
specifier_up - > AddSpecification (
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_options . m_module_name . c_str ( ) ,
SymbolContextSpecifier : : eModuleSpecified ) ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( ! m_options . m_class_name . empty ( ) ) {
2019-02-13 14:25:41 +08:00
specifier_up - > AddSpecification (
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_options . m_class_name . c_str ( ) ,
SymbolContextSpecifier : : eClassOrNamespaceSpecified ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( ! m_options . m_file_name . empty ( ) ) {
2019-02-13 14:25:41 +08:00
specifier_up - > AddSpecification (
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_options . m_file_name . c_str ( ) ,
SymbolContextSpecifier : : eFileSpecified ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_options . m_line_start ! = 0 ) {
2019-02-13 14:25:41 +08:00
specifier_up - > AddLineSpecification (
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_options . m_line_start ,
SymbolContextSpecifier : : eLineStartSpecified ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_options . m_line_end ! = UINT_MAX ) {
2019-02-13 14:25:41 +08:00
specifier_up - > AddLineSpecification (
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_options . m_line_end , SymbolContextSpecifier : : eLineEndSpecified ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( ! m_options . m_function_name . empty ( ) ) {
2019-02-13 14:25:41 +08:00
specifier_up - > AddSpecification (
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
m_options . m_function_name . c_str ( ) ,
SymbolContextSpecifier : : eFunctionSpecified ) ;
}
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2019-02-13 14:25:41 +08:00
if ( specifier_up )
new_hook_sp - > SetSpecifier ( specifier_up . release ( ) ) ;
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
// Next see if any of the thread options have been entered:
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_options . m_thread_specified ) {
ThreadSpec * thread_spec = new ThreadSpec ( ) ;
2014-01-28 07:43:24 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_options . m_thread_id ! = LLDB_INVALID_THREAD_ID ) {
thread_spec - > SetTID ( m_options . m_thread_id ) ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_options . m_thread_index ! = UINT32_MAX )
thread_spec - > SetIndex ( m_options . m_thread_index ) ;
if ( ! m_options . m_thread_name . empty ( ) )
thread_spec - > SetName ( m_options . m_thread_name . c_str ( ) ) ;
if ( ! m_options . m_queue_name . empty ( ) )
thread_spec - > SetQueueName ( m_options . m_queue_name . c_str ( ) ) ;
new_hook_sp - > SetThreadSpecifier ( thread_spec ) ;
}
2019-03-02 02:13:38 +08:00
new_hook_sp - > SetAutoContinue ( m_options . m_auto_continue ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
if ( m_options . m_use_one_liner ) {
2019-03-02 02:13:38 +08:00
// Use one-liners.
for ( auto cmd : m_options . m_one_liner )
new_hook_sp - > GetCommandPointer ( ) - > AppendString (
cmd . c_str ( ) ) ;
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . AppendMessageWithFormat ( " Stop hook #% " PRIu64 " added. \n " ,
new_hook_sp - > GetID ( ) ) ;
} else {
m_stop_hook_sp = new_hook_sp ;
m_interpreter . GetLLDBCommandsFromIOHandler (
" > " , // Prompt
* this , // IOHandlerDelegate
true , // Run IOHandler in async mode
nullptr ) ; // Baton for the "io_handler" that will be passed back
// into our IOHandlerDelegate functions
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishNoResult ) ;
} else {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2016-02-26 03:02:39 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
private :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandOptions m_options ;
Target : : StopHookSP m_stop_hook_sp ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
} ;
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetStopHookDelete
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CommandObjectTargetStopHookDelete
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetStopHookDelete : public CommandObjectParsed {
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetStopHookDelete ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , " target stop-hook delete " ,
" Delete a stop-hook. " ,
" target stop-hook delete [<idx>] " ) { }
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetStopHookDelete ( ) override = default ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = GetSelectedOrDummyTarget ( ) ;
if ( target ) {
// FIXME: see if we can use the breakpoint id style parser?
size_t num_args = command . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
if ( num_args = = 0 ) {
if ( ! m_interpreter . Confirm ( " Delete all stop hooks? " , true ) ) {
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
} else {
target - > RemoveAllStopHooks ( ) ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
} else {
bool success ;
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < num_args ; i + + ) {
lldb : : user_id_t user_id = StringConvert : : ToUInt32 (
command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i ) , 0 , 0 , & success ) ;
if ( ! success ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " invalid stop hook id: \" %s \" . \n " ,
command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
success = target - > RemoveStopHookByID ( user_id ) ;
if ( ! success ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " unknown stop hook id: \" %s \" . \n " ,
command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishNoResult ) ;
} else {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
} ;
2016-02-26 03:02:39 +08:00
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetStopHookEnableDisable
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CommandObjectTargetStopHookEnableDisable
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetStopHookEnableDisable : public CommandObjectParsed {
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetStopHookEnableDisable ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter ,
bool enable , const char * name ,
const char * help , const char * syntax )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , name , help , syntax ) , m_enable ( enable ) {
}
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetStopHookEnableDisable ( ) override = default ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = GetSelectedOrDummyTarget ( ) ;
if ( target ) {
// FIXME: see if we can use the breakpoint id style parser?
size_t num_args = command . GetArgumentCount ( ) ;
bool success ;
if ( num_args = = 0 ) {
target - > SetAllStopHooksActiveState ( m_enable ) ;
} else {
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < num_args ; i + + ) {
lldb : : user_id_t user_id = StringConvert : : ToUInt32 (
command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i ) , 0 , 0 , & success ) ;
if ( ! success ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " invalid stop hook id: \" %s \" . \n " ,
command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
success = target - > SetStopHookActiveStateByID ( user_id , m_enable ) ;
if ( ! success ) {
result . AppendErrorWithFormat ( " unknown stop hook id: \" %s \" . \n " ,
command . GetArgumentAtIndex ( i ) ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return false ;
}
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
}
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishNoResult ) ;
} else {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
private :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool m_enable ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
} ;
# pragma mark CommandObjectTargetStopHookList
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CommandObjectTargetStopHookList
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectTargetStopHookList : public CommandObjectParsed {
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectTargetStopHookList ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectParsed ( interpreter , " target stop-hook list " ,
" List all stop-hooks. " ,
" target stop-hook list [<type>] " ) { }
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
~ CommandObjectTargetStopHookList ( ) override = default ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
2012-06-09 05:56:10 +08:00
protected :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
bool DoExecute ( Args & command , CommandReturnObject & result ) override {
Target * target = GetSelectedOrDummyTarget ( ) ;
if ( ! target ) {
result . AppendError ( " invalid target \n " ) ;
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusFailed ) ;
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
2014-04-04 12:06:10 +08:00
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
size_t num_hooks = target - > GetNumStopHooks ( ) ;
if ( num_hooks = = 0 ) {
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . PutCString ( " No stop hooks. \n " ) ;
} else {
for ( size_t i = 0 ; i < num_hooks ; i + + ) {
Target : : StopHookSP this_hook = target - > GetStopHookAtIndex ( i ) ;
if ( i > 0 )
result . GetOutputStream ( ) . PutCString ( " \n " ) ;
this_hook - > GetDescription ( & ( result . GetOutputStream ( ) ) ,
eDescriptionLevelFull ) ;
}
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
}
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
result . SetStatus ( eReturnStatusSuccessFinishResult ) ;
return result . Succeeded ( ) ;
}
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
} ;
# pragma mark CommandObjectMultiwordTargetStopHooks
2016-02-26 03:02:39 +08:00
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CommandObjectMultiwordTargetStopHooks
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
class CommandObjectMultiwordTargetStopHooks : public CommandObjectMultiword {
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
public :
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectMultiwordTargetStopHooks ( CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectMultiword (
interpreter , " target stop-hook " ,
" Commands for operating on debugger target stop-hooks. " ,
" target stop-hook <subcommand> [<subcommand-options>] " ) {
LoadSubCommand ( " add " , CommandObjectSP (
new CommandObjectTargetStopHookAdd ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand (
" delete " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetStopHookDelete ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " disable " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetStopHookEnableDisable (
interpreter , false , " target stop-hook disable [<id>] " ,
" Disable a stop-hook. " , " target stop-hook disable " ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " enable " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetStopHookEnableDisable (
interpreter , true , " target stop-hook enable [<id>] " ,
" Enable a stop-hook. " , " target stop-hook enable " ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " list " , CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetStopHookList (
interpreter ) ) ) ;
}
~ CommandObjectMultiwordTargetStopHooks ( ) override = default ;
Add a first pass at a "stop hook" mechanism. This allows you to add commands that get run every time the debugger stops, whether due to a breakpoint, the end of a step, interrupt, etc. You can also specify in which context you want the stop hook to run, for instance only on a particular thread, or only in a particular shared library, function, file, line range within a file.
Still need to add "in methods of a class" to the specifiers, and the ability to write the stop hooks in the Scripting language as well as in the Command Language.
llvm-svn: 127457
2011-03-11 11:53:59 +08:00
} ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
# pragma mark CommandObjectMultiwordTarget
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
// CommandObjectMultiwordTarget
//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
2016-09-07 04:57:50 +08:00
CommandObjectMultiwordTarget : : CommandObjectMultiwordTarget (
CommandInterpreter & interpreter )
: CommandObjectMultiword ( interpreter , " target " ,
" Commands for operating on debugger targets. " ,
" target <subcommand> [<subcommand-options>] " ) {
LoadSubCommand ( " create " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetCreate ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " delete " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetDelete ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " list " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetList ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " select " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetSelect ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand (
" stop-hook " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectMultiwordTargetStopHooks ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " modules " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetModules ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " symbols " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetSymbols ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
LoadSubCommand ( " variable " ,
CommandObjectSP ( new CommandObjectTargetVariable ( interpreter ) ) ) ;
2010-06-09 00:52:24 +08:00
}
2016-02-26 03:02:39 +08:00
CommandObjectMultiwordTarget : : ~ CommandObjectMultiwordTarget ( ) = default ;